Document:

EX-4.3

 EXHIBIT 4.3 

 
  

 
 WF CARD
ISSUANCE TRUST 
 as Issuer 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

as Paying Agent, and Note Registrar 

and 
 U.S. BANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as Indenture Trustee 

 
  

FORM OF WFCARDSERIES INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT 

Dated as of [________ __, ____] 

to 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of [________ __, ____] 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I
	  	 DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
	  	 	1	
			
	 Section 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	 	1	
	 Section 1.02.
	  	GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	  	 	25	
	 Section 1.03.
	  	Counterparts	  	 	26	
	 Section 1.04.
	  	Ratification of Indenture	  	 	26	
			
	ARTICLE II	  	THE NOTES	  	 	27	
			
	 Section 2.01.
	  	Creation, Designation, and Continuation	  	 	27	
	 Section 2.02.
	  	New Issuances of Notes	  	 	27	
	 Section 2.03.
	  	Required Subordinated Amount Conditions to Issuance of a Tranche of a Senior Class of Notes	  	 	28	
	 Section 2.04.
	  	Reports	  	 	31	
			
	ARTICLE III	  	ALLOCATIONS	  	 	32	
			
	 Section 3.01.
	  	Allocations	  	 	32	
	 Section 3.02.
	  	Allocation of Interchange; Allocation of Investment Earnings	  	 	33	
	 Section 3.03.
	  	Required Deposit Limitations	  	 	34	
			
	ARTICLE IV	  	FURTHER ALLOCATIONS, DEPOSITS AND PAYMENTS	  	 	36	
			
	 Section 4.01.
	  	Allocations of WFCardSeries Available Funds	  	 	36	
	 Section 4.02.
	  	Targeted Deposits to the Interest Funding Account	  	 	37	
	 Section 4.03.
	  	Allocations of WFCardSeries Available Funds to Interest Funding Sub-Accounts	  	 	37	
	 Section 4.04.
	  	Amounts to Be Treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds; Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest in Foreign Currencies; Other Deposits to the Interest Funding
Sub-Accounts	  	 	38	
	 Section 4.05.
	  	Allocations of Reductions from Investor Charge-Offs to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes	  	 	40	
	 Section 4.06.
	  	Allocations of Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits	  	 	42	
	 Section 4.07.
	  	Application of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts	  	 	43	
	 Section 4.08.
	  	Allocation of Servicing Fee Shortfalls	  	 	46	
	 Section 4.09.
	  	Computation of Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from Reallocations of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts	  	 	46	
	 Section 4.10.
	  	Targeted Deposits of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account	  	 	50	
	 Section 4.11.
	  	Allocations among Principal Funding Sub-Accounts	  	 	51	

  
 -i- 

							
	 Section 4.12.
	 	Amounts to Be Treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts; Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal; Other Deposits to Principal Funding sub-Accounts	  	 	53	
	 Section 4.13.
	 	Withdrawals from Interest Funding Account	  	 	54	
	 Section 4.14.
	 	Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account	  	 	55	
	 Section 4.15.
	 	Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding Sub-Account of Subordinated Note; Limit on Repayments of all Tranches	  	 	57	
	 Section 4.16.
	 	Calculation of Nominal Liquidation Amount	  	 	58	
	 Section 4.17.
	 	Reinvestment in Principal Receivables	  	 	59	
	 Section 4.18.
	 	Netting of Deposits and Payments	  	 	59	
	 Section 4.19.
	 	Pro rata Payments within a Tranche	  	 	60	
	 Section 4.20.
	 	Sale of Receivables for Accelerated Notes or on a Legal Maturity Date	  	 	60	
	 Section 4.21.
	 	Calculation of Prefunding Target Amount	  	 	61	
	 Section 4.22.
	 	Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account	  	 	64	
	 Section 4.23.
	 	Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account	  	 	64	
	 Section 4.24.
	 	Targeted Deposits to the Class D Reserve Account	  	 	65	
	 Section 4.25.
	 	Withdrawals from the Class D Reserve Account	  	 	66	
	 Section 4.26.
	 	Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve sub-Accounts	  	 	67	
	 Section 4.27.
	 	Withdrawals from the Accumulation Reserve sub-Accounts	  	 	67	
	 Section 4.28.
	 	Computation of Interest	  	 	68	
	 Section 4.29.
	 	Excess Available Funds Sharing	  	 	68	
	 Section 4.30.
	 	Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing	  	 	68	
			
	ARTICLE V	 	EARLY REDEMPTION OF NOTES	  	 	70	
			
	 Section 5.01.
	 	Early Redemption Events	  	 	70	
			
	ARTICLE VI	 	ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS	  	 	72	
			
	 Section 6.01.
	 	Accounts	  	 	72	
			
	ARTICLE VII	 	SERVICING COMPENSATION	  	 	74	
			
	 Section 7.01.
	 	Serving Compensation	  	 	74	

  
 -ii- 

 EXHIBITS 

 

			
	EXHIBIT A-1	  	[FORM OF] CLASS A NOTE
		
	EXHIBIT A-2	  	[FORM OF] CLASS B NOTE
		
	EXHIBIT A-3	  	[FORM OF] CLASS C NOTE
		
	EXHIBIT A-4	  	[FORM OF] CLASS D NOTE
		
	EXHIBIT B	  	[FORM OF] WFCARDSERIES MONTHLY NOTEHOLDERS’ STATEMENT
		
	SCHEDULE I	  	LIST OF TERMS DOCUMENTS

  
 -iii- 

 This WFCARDSERIES INDENTURE
SUPPLEMENT (this “Indenture Supplement”) by and among WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the
“Issuer”), having its principal office at c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Owner Trustee, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Paying Agent, and as Note Registrar (each as defined in the Indenture, as defined below), and U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, in its capacity as Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture Trustee”), is made and entered into as of [________ __, ____] and
supplements the INDENTURE, dated as of [________ __, ____], by and among the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee (the “Indenture”). 

Pursuant to this Indenture Supplement, the Issuer shall create a new series of Notes and shall specify the principal terms thereof. 

ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS
AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. For all purposes of this
Indenture Supplement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) The terms
defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article. 
 (2) All other terms used herein which are
defined in the Indenture, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein. All terms defined or included by reference in this Indenture Supplement shall have such defined meanings when used in any certificate or
other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. 
 (3) As used herein and in any
certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined herein, and accounting terms partially defined herein to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under
generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting
principles or regulatory accounting principles, the definitions contained herein shall control. The term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder means such accounting
principles as are generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of such computation. 
 (4) The words
“hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Indenture Supplement shall refer to this Indenture Supplement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Indenture Supplement;
and Section, 

  
 1 

 
subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Indenture Supplement are references to Sections, subsections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Indenture Supplement unless
otherwise specified. The term “including” and words of similar import will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” The canon of ejusdem generis may be applied only in the context of this Indenture
Supplement’s purpose and not merely in the context of a particular phrase. 
 (5) In the event that any term or
provision contained herein shall conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the Indenture, the terms and provisions of this Indenture Supplement shall be controlling. 

(6) A reference to any law is to that law as amended or supplemented to the applicable time. A reference to any agreement,
document, policy, or procedure is to that agreement, document, policy, or procedure as amended or supplemented to the applicable time. A reference to any Person includes that Person’s successors and permitted assigns. Wherever from the context
it appears appropriate, each term defined in either the singular or the plural form incorporates both the singular and the plural form of such term. 

(7) Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate only to the WFCardSeries Notes and no other Series of Notes issued
by the Issuer. 
 “Accumulation Commencement Date” means, for each Tranche of Notes, the first Business Day of the month
that is twelve (12) whole calendar months prior to the Expected Principal Payment Date for such Tranche of Notes; provided, however, that, if the Accumulation Period Length for such Tranche of Notes is less than twelve
(12) months, the Accumulation Commencement Date will be the first Business Day of the month that is the number of whole months prior to such Expected Principal Payment Date at least equal to the Accumulation Period Length and, as a result, the
number of Monthly Periods during the period from the Accumulation Commencement Date to such Expected Principal Payment Date will at least equal the Accumulation Period Length. 

“Accumulation Period Length” has the meaning specified in subsection 4.10(b)(ii). 

“Accumulation Reserve Account” means the trust account designated as such and established pursuant to
subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Accumulation Reserve sub-Account”
has the meaning specified in subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Accumulation Reserve sub-Account
Earnings” means, with respect to each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Accumulation Reserve Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period from and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to
but excluding such Transfer Date. 

  
 2 

 “Aggregate Series Available Funds Shortfall” means the sum of the
Series Available Funds Shortfalls (as such term is defined in each of the related Indenture Supplements) for each Excess Available Funds Sharing Series in Excess Available Funds Sharing Group One. 

“Aggregate Series Available Principal Amount Shortfall” means the sum of the Series Available Principal Amounts
Shortfalls (as such term is defined in each of the related Indenture Supplements) for each Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Series in Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One. 

“Allocation Reset Date” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, any date on which (a) the aggregate Nominal
Liquidation Amount of all Notes is increased as a result of (i) the issuance of a new Tranche of Notes or the issuance of additional Notes in an Outstanding Tranche of Notes during such Monthly Period, (ii) the accretion of principal on
Discount Notes during such Monthly Period, or (iii) a release of prefunded amounts (other than prefunded amounts deposited during such Monthly Period) from a Principal Funding sub-Account for any Note
during such Monthly Period, (b) an Addition Date occurs or (c) a Removal Date, other than with respect to account removals occurring pursuant to Section 2.07(c) of the Transfer Agreement. 

“Available Funds” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries, on any Transfer Date, the WFCardSeries Available Funds with
respect to such Transfer Date. 
 “Available Principal Amounts” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries and any Transfer
Date, the WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts with respect to such Transfer Date. 
 “Class A
Notes” means a Note specified in the applicable Terms Document as belonging to Class A. 
 “Class A
Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any Tranche of Class A Notes, the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class B Notes, Class C Notes or Class D Notes, as the case may be, as specified in the
applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of Class A Notes, that is required to be outstanding and available on any date such Tranche of Class A Notes is Outstanding. 

“Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes” means for any Tranche of
Outstanding Class A Notes, with respect to any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes minus the Class A Usage of the Class B Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such
Transfer Date. 
 “Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes” means for any
Tranche of Outstanding Class A Notes, with respect to any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes minus the Class A Usage of the Class C Required Subordinated Amount, each
as of such Transfer Date. 

  
 3 

 “Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D
Notes” means for any Tranche of Outstanding Class A Notes, with respect to any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes minus the Class A Usage of the Class D
Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date. 
 “Class A Usage of Class B
Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any Tranche of Outstanding Class A Notes, zero on the date of issuance of such Tranche and on any Transfer Date thereafter the Class A Usage of Class B Required
Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the sum of the following amounts (in each case, such amount shall not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for such Tranche of Class A
Notes after giving effect to the previous clauses, if any): 
 (a) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation
Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class B Notes pursuant to
subsection 4.05(a) which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount or a Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of Class A Notes on
such Transfer Date; plus 
 (b) the amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially
allocated to that Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(b); plus 

(c) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a) which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount or a Class A
Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of Class A Notes on such Transfer Date; plus 

(d) the aggregate amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated to pay any amount to the Servicer for such
Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(d) which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount or a Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of
Class A Notes on such Transfer Date; minus 
 (e) an amount (not to exceed the Class A Usage of Class B
Required Subordinated Amount after giving effect to the amounts computed pursuant to clauses (a) through (d) above) equal to the sum of (x) the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of
Class B Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) for such Tranche of Class A Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate
Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all Class B Notes, times (B) the aggregate amount of the Nominal 

  
 4 

 
Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class B Notes which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.06(b), plus (y) if the aggregate
Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) for all Class A Notes exceeds the aggregate Class B
Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class B Notes (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement on such Transfer Date), the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such excess and the denominator of which
is the sum of (i) the aggregate Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits and (ii) the aggregate Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Class C Nominal Liquidation
Amount Deficit or a Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit on such Transfer Date) of all Class C Notes and Class D Notes, times (B) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of
any Tranche of Class C Notes and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of any Tranche of Class D Notes (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date
times (C) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount of such Tranche of Class A Notes (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) and the denominator of which is the
Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount for all Class A Notes (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement). 

“Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any
Tranche of Outstanding Class A Notes, zero on the date of issuance of such Tranche and on any Transfer Date thereafter the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the
sum of the following amounts (in each case, such amount shall not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes after giving effect to the previous clauses, if any): 

(a) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such Transfer Date to all Class C Notes pursuant to
subsection 4.05(a) which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of Class A Notes on such Transfer Date; plus 

(b) the amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that Tranche of
Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(b); plus 

(c) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class B Notes for that Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs 

  
 5 

 
initially allocated to Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class C Notes pursuant to subsection
4.05(b); plus 
 (d) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to
the Interest Funding sub-Account for that Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a) which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class D Required
Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of Class A Notes on such Transfer Date; plus 
 (e) an amount equal to the
product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is
the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the Interest
Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(b) which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for
such Tranche of Class A Notes on such Transfer Date; plus 
 (f) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal
Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount to the Servicer for such Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(d) which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for
such Tranche of Class A Notes on such Transfer Date; plus 
 (g) an amount equal to the product of (A) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal
Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount to the Servicer for
any Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(e) which did not result in a Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of Class A Notes on such Transfer Date;
minus 
 (h) an amount (not to exceed the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount after giving
effect to the amounts computed pursuant to clauses (a) through (g) above) equal to the sum of (x) the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (prior to
giving effect to any reimbursement of Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) for that Tranche of Class A Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits
(prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all Class C Notes, times (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class C Notes which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date pursuant to
subsection 4.06(c) plus (y) if the aggregate Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of Class C

  
 6 

 
Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) for all Class A Notes exceeds the aggregate Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class C Notes (prior to
giving effect to any reimbursement on such Transfer Date), the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such excess and the denominator of which is the aggregate Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior
to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit on such Transfer Date) of all Class D Notes, times (B) the aggregate amount of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of any Tranche of
Class D Notes (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date times (C) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount of such
Tranche of Class A Notes (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) and the denominator of which is the Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount for all Class A Notes (prior to giving effect to such
reimbursement). 
 “Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount” means,
with respect to any Tranche of Outstanding Class D Notes, zero on the date of issuance of such Tranche and on any Transfer Date thereafter the Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of
determination plus the sum of the following amounts (in each case, such amount shall not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes after giving effect to the previous
clauses, if any): 
 (a) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A
Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class D Notes (as of
the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such Transfer Date to all Class D Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a); plus 

(b) the amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection
4.05(a) and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class D Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(b); plus 

(c) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class B Notes for that Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class D Notes pursuant
to subsection 4.05(b); plus 
 (d) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all
Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs 

  
 7 

 
initially allocated to Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such Transfer Date to Class D Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(b); plus

 (e) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a); plus 

(f) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class B Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class B
Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(b); plus 
 (g) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation
Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(c); plus 

(h) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount to the Servicer
for such Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(d); plus 
 (i) an amount equal to the
product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is
the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to pay any amount
to the Servicer for any Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(e); plus  
 (j) an amount
equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that Tranche of Class A Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator
of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such Transfer Date to
pay any amount to the Servicer for any Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(f); minus 

(k) an amount (not to exceed the Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount after giving effect to the
amounts computed pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above) equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the 

  
 8 

 
Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) for that
Tranche of Class A Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all Class D Notes, times (B) the aggregate Nominal
Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class D Notes which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.06(d). 

“Class B Notes” means a Note specified in the applicable Terms Document to this Indenture Supplement as
belonging to Class B. 
 “Class B Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any Tranche
of Class B Notes, the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class C Notes or Class D Notes, as the case may be, as specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of Class B Notes, that is required to be outstanding
and available on any date such Tranche of Class B Notes is Outstanding. 
 “Class B Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes” means for any Tranche of Outstanding Class B Notes, with respect to any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes minus the
Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date. 
 “Class B
Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes” means for any Tranche of Outstanding Class B Notes, with respect to any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class D
Notes minus the Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such Transfer Date. 

“Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any
Tranche of Outstanding Class B Notes, zero on the date of issuance of such Tranche and on any Transfer Date thereafter the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of determination plus the
sum of the following amounts (in each case, such amount shall not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes after giving effect to the previous clauses, if any): 

(a) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes for that Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such Transfer Date to Class C Notes pursuant to
subsection 4.05(a) which did not result in a Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of Class B Notes on such Transfer Date; plus 

(b) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that
Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal 

  
 9 

 
Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class A Note that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class C Required
Subordinated Amount plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class A Note that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of
Class B Notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount; plus 
 (c)
the amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such date to Class C Notes
pursuant to subsection 4.05(b); plus 
 (d) an amount equal to the product of (A) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all
Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to the Interest Funding
sub-Account for any Tranche of Class A Notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a) which did not result in a
Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of Class B Notes on such Transfer Date; plus 

(e) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(b) which did not result in a Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche
of Class B Notes on such Transfer Date; plus 
 (f) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as
of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to pay any amount to the Servicer for any Tranche of Class A Notes that has a Class A
Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(d) which did not result in a Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount for such Tranche of Class B Notes on such
Transfer Date; plus 
 (g) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to pay any
amount to the Servicer for that Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(e) which did not result in a Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordination Amount on such Transfer Date; minus

 (h) an amount (not to exceed the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount after giving effect to
the amounts computed pursuant to clauses (a) through (g) above) equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the 

  
 10 

 
Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) for that
Tranche of Class B Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all Class C Notes, times (B) the aggregate Nominal
Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class C Notes which are reimbursed on such date pursuant to subsection 4.06(c) plus (y) if the aggregate Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount
(prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) for all Class B Notes exceeds the aggregate Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class C Notes
(prior to giving effect to any reimbursement on such Transfer Date), the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such excess and the denominator of which is the aggregate Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount
Deficits (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of a Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit on such Transfer Date) of all Class D Notes, times (B) the aggregate amount of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of any
Tranche of Class D Notes (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) which are reimbursed on such Transfer Date times (C) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount
of such Tranche of Class B Notes (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) and the denominator of which is the Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount for all Class B Notes (prior to giving effect to such
reimbursement). 
 “Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount” means,
with respect to any Tranche of Outstanding Class B Notes, zero on the date of issuance of such Tranche and on any Transfer Date thereafter the Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount as of the preceding date of
determination plus the sum of the following amounts (in each case, such amount shall not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes after giving effect to the previous
clauses, if any): 
 (a) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B
Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for that Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class D Notes (as of
the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such Transfer Date to Class D Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a); plus 

(b) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that
Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times
(B) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class A Note that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes that was included in Class A Usage of
Class D Required Subordinated Amount plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class A Note that has a Class A Unused Subordinated

  
 11 

 Amount of Class B Notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class C
Required Subordinated Amount plus (iii) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class A Note that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes that was included in
Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount; plus 
 (c) the amount of Investor Charge-Offs
initially allocated on such date to that Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such date to Class D Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(b); plus 

(d) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that
Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times
(B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such date to Class D Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(b);
plus 
 (e) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation
Amount for that Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly
Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class A Notes that has a Class A
Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a); plus 
 (f) the amount of
WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(b); plus 

(g) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that
Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times
(B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(c);
plus 
 (h) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation
Amount for that Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly
Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to pay any amount to the Servicer for any Tranche of Class A Notes that has 

  
 12 

 
a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(d); plus 

(i) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to pay any amount to the Servicer for that
Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(e); plus 
 (j) an amount equal to the product of
(A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that Tranche of Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all
Class B Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to pay any amount to the Servicer for any Tranche of Class C Notes
pursuant to subsection 4.07(f); minus 
 (k) an amount (not to exceed the Class B Usage of Class D
Required Subordinated Amount after giving effect to the amounts computed pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above) equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class B Usage of Class D Required
Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement of Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) for that Tranche of Class B Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate Class D Nominal
Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all Class D Notes, times (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class D Notes which are reimbursed on such date pursuant to
subsection 4.06(d). 
 “Class C Notes” means a Note specified in the applicable Terms Document as
belonging to Class C. 
 “Class C Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any Tranche
of Class C Notes, the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class D Notes as specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of Class C Notes, that is required to be outstanding and available on any date such Tranche of
Class C Notes is Outstanding. 
 “Class C Reserve Account” means the trust account designated as
such and established pursuant to subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Class C Reserve sub-Account” has the meaning specified in subsection 6.01(a). 

“Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes” means for any Tranche of
Outstanding Class C Notes, with respect to any Transfer Date, an amount equal to the Class C Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes minus the Class C Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount, each as of such
Transfer Date. 
 “Class C Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount” means, with
respect to any Tranche of Outstanding Class C Notes, zero on the date of issuance of such Tranche and on any Transfer Date thereafter the Class C Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount as

  
 13 

 
of the preceding date of determination plus the sum of the following amounts (in each case, such amount shall not exceed the Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes
for such Tranche of Class C Notes after giving effect to the previous clauses, if any): 
 (a) an amount equal to the
product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for that Tranche of Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is
the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class D Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such Transfer Date to Class D
Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a); plus 
 (b) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that Tranche of Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as
of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class A Note that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of
Class C Notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class A Note that has a
Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount plus (iii) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date
to any Class A Note that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes that was included in Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount; plus 

(c) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that
Tranche of Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times
(B) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class B Note that has a Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes that was included in Class B Usage of
Class D Required Subordinated Amount plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to any Class B Note that has a Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes that was
included in Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount; plus 
 (d) the amount of Investor
Charge-Offs initially allocated on such date to that Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(a) and then reallocated on such date to Class D Notes pursuant to subsection 4.05(b); plus 

(e) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that
Tranche of Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal 

  
 14 

 
Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such
date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class A Notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a); plus 

(f) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that
Tranche of Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times
(B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class B Notes that has a Class B Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(b); plus 
 (g) the amount of WFCardSeries Available
Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(c); plus 

(h) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that
Tranche of Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period), times
(B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to pay any amount to the Servicer for any Tranche of Class A Notes that has a Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes, pursuant to
subsection 4.07(d); plus 
 (i) an amount equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which
is the Nominal Liquidation Amount for that Tranche of Class C Notes (as of the last day of the preceding Monthly Period) and the denominator of which is the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class C Notes (as of the last day of
the preceding Monthly Period), times (B) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to pay any amount to the Servicer for any Tranche of Class B Notes that has a Class B Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes, pursuant to subsection 4.07(e); plus 
 (j) the amount of WFCardSeries Available
Principal Amounts reallocated on such date to pay any amount to the Servicer for that Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(f); minus 

(k) an amount (not to exceed the Class C Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount after giving effect to the
amounts computed pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above) equal to the product of (A) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class C Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount (prior to giving effect to any reimbursement
of Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits on such Transfer Date) 

  
 15 

 
for that Tranche of Class C Notes and the denominator of which is the aggregate Class D Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits (prior to giving effect to such reimbursement) of all
Class D Notes, times (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Class D Notes which are reimbursed on such date pursuant to subsection 4.06(d). 

“Class D Notes” means a Note specified in the applicable Terms Document as belonging to Class D. 

“Class D Reserve Account” means the trust account designated as such and established pursuant to
subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Class D Reserve sub-Account” has
the meaning specified in subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Controlled Accumulation Amount” means, with respect to any Transfer
Date for any Tranche of Notes with only one Expected Principal Payment Date, the amount defined in the related Terms Document; provided, however, that if the Accumulation Period Length with respect to such Tranche is determined to be
less than twelve (12) months pursuant to subsection 4.10(b)(ii), the Controlled Accumulation Amount for any Transfer Date will be equal to (a) the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes divided
by (b) the Accumulation Period Length. 
 “Daily Principal Shortfall” means, on any date of determination, the excess
of the Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One Monthly Principal Payment for the Monthly Period relating to such date over the month to date amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables for such Monthly Period
allocable to Notes of all outstanding Series in Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One, not subject to reallocation, which are on deposit in the Collection Account on such date. 

“Derivative Accrual Date” means, for any Monthly Period with respect to any Tranche of Notes which has a Performing
Derivative Agreement for interest, the date in such Monthly Period corresponding numerically to the next payment date under the related Derivative Agreement following the end of the related Monthly Period. 

“Distribution Date” means [________ __, ____] and the fifteenth day of each calendar month thereafter, or if such fifteenth
day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. 
 “Excess Available Funds” means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the aggregate amount of WFCardSeries Available Funds minus the sum of the amounts, without duplication, determined pursuant to subsections 4.01(a) through (d). 

“Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One Monthly Principal Payment” means, with respect to any Monthly Period,
for all Series in Excess Available Principal Sharing Group One (including WFCardSeries), the sum of the amounts of any targeted deposits into the Principal Funding Account with respect to such Monthly Period, pursuant to each applicable Indenture
Supplement.  

  
 16 

 “Expected Principal Payment Date” with respect to any Tranche of Notes, has
the meaning specified in the applicable Terms Document. 
 “Floating Investor Percentage” means, with respect to any date
of determination during any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Available Funds Allocation Amount with respect to the WFCardSeries for such date and the denominator of which is the greater of
(a) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of the close of
business on the day immediately preceding the Closing Date), and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the Indenture) for allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables or
Default Amounts, as applicable, for all outstanding Series on such date of determination; provided, however, that with respect to any Monthly Period in which an Allocation Reset Date occurs, the denominator determined pursuant to
clause (a) hereof shall be, on and after such date, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables held by the Issuer as of the beginning of the day on such Allocation Reset Date (after adjusting for the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables, if any, transferred to or removed from the Issuer on such Allocation Reset Date). 
 “Indenture” has the
meaning specified in the recitals hereto. 
 “Interest Funding Account” means the trust account designated as such and
established pursuant to subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Interest Funding
sub-Account” has the meaning specified in subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Interest
Funding sub-Account Earnings” means, with respect to each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Interest Funding Account (net of investment expenses and losses) for the period
from and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such Transfer Date. 
 “Investor Charge-Offs” means, with respect to any Transfer Date, the aggregate amount, if any, by which the sum of the WFCardSeries Investor Default Amounts, if any, for each day of the preceding Monthly Period exceeds the
WFCardSeries Available Funds for such Transfer Date available after giving effect to subsections (a) and (b) of Section 4.01. 

“Investor Percentage” means for any Monthly Period, (a) with respect to Finance Charge Receivables and Default Amounts,
the Floating Investor Percentage and (b) with respect to Principal Receivables, the Principal Investor Percentage. 
 “Investor
Servicing Fee” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries, the WFCardSeries Servicing Fee. 
 “Legal Maturity Date,”
with respect to any Tranche of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Terms Document. 

  
 17 

 “Nominal Liquidation Amount” means, with respect to any Tranche of Notes,
the amount calculated pursuant to Section 4.16. The Nominal Liquidation Amount for the WFCardSeries will be the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all of the Tranches of Notes of the WFCardSeries. 

“Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit” means, with respect to any Tranche of Notes, the excess of the Adjusted Outstanding
Dollar Principal Amount of that Tranche over the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that Tranche. 
 “Participations” means,
participations representing undivided interests in a pool of assets primarily consisting of receivables arising under revolving credit card accounts owned by WFBNA or any Affiliate of WFBNA and collections thereon. 

“PFA Accumulation Earnings” means, with respect to each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Principal
Funding Account (net of investment expenses and losses), other than funds in the Principal Funding Account in connection with any Prefunding Target Amounts, for the period from and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but excluding
such Transfer Date. 
 “PFA Accumulation Earnings Shortfall” means, for any Transfer Date, 

(a) the aggregate of the PFA Accumulation Earnings Target for each Tranche of WFCardSeries Notes for such Transfer Date,
minus 
 (b) the PFA Accumulation Earnings for such period. 

“PFA Accumulation Earnings Target” means, for any Transfer Date, with respect to any amount on deposit in a Principal Funding
sub-Account (prior to giving effect to any deposits to be made on such date), other than any amount in connection with a Prefunding Target Amount, for a Tranche of Notes, the Dollar amount of interest that
would have accrued on such deposit (or portion thereof) for the period from and including the preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such Transfer Date if it had borne interest at the following rates: 

(a) in the case of a Tranche of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes with no Derivative
Agreement for interest, at the rate of interest applicable to that Tranche; 
 (b) in the case of a Tranche of Discount
Notes, at the rate of accretion (converted to an accrual rate) of that Tranche; 
 (c) in the case of a Tranche of Notes with
a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate at which payments by the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty accrue (prior to the netting of such payments, if applicable); and 

(d) in the case of a Tranche of Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for
interest, at the rate specified in the related Terms Document. 

  
 18 

 
More than one of the aforementioned rates of interest may be applicable to amounts on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account for a Tranche of Notes.

 “PFA Prefunding Earnings” means, with respect to each Transfer Date, the investment earnings on funds in the Principal
Funding Account (net of investment expenses and losses) in connection with any Prefunding Target Amounts for the period from and including the immediately preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such Transfer Date. 

“PFA Prefunding Earnings Shortfall” means, for any Transfer Date, 

(a) the aggregate PFA Prefunding Earnings Targets for each Tranche of WFCardSeries Notes for such Transfer Date, minus

 (b) the PFA Prefunding Earnings for such period. 

“PFA Prefunding Earnings Target” means, for any Transfer Date, with respect to any amount on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account in connection with a Prefunding Target Amount for a Tranche of Notes, the Dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on such deposit (or portion thereof) for the period from and including the
preceding Transfer Date to but excluding such Transfer Date if it had borne interest at the following rates: 
 (a) in the
case of a Tranche of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes with no Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate of interest applicable to that Tranche; 

(b) in the case of a Tranche of Discount Notes, at the rate of accretion (converted to an accrual rate) of that Tranche; 

(c) in the case of a Tranche of Notes with a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate at which payments by the
Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty accrue (prior to the netting of such payments, if applicable); and 
 (d) in
the case of a Tranche of Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate specified in the related Terms Document. 

More than one of the aforementioned rates of interest may be applicable to amounts on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account for a Tranche of Notes. 
 “Prefunding Excess Amount” means, with respect to
any Senior Class of Notes for any date, after giving effect to all issuances, allocations, deposits and payments with respect to that date, the aggregate amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding
sub-Accounts of the Notes of that class that are in excess of the aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit in those Principal Funding sub-Accounts pursuant to
Section 4.10. 
 “Prefunding Target Amount” means the amount calculated pursuant to
Section 4.21. 

  
 19 

 “Principal Funding Account” means the trust account designated as such and
established pursuant to subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Principal Funding
sub-Account” has the meaning specified in subsection 6.01(a). 
 “Principal
Funding sub-Account Amount” means, with respect to any Tranche of Notes as of any date, the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for
such Tranche of Notes on such date. 
 “Principal Investor Percentage” means, with respect to any date of determination
during any Monthly Period, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Principal Allocation Amount with respect to the WFCardSeries for such date and the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the aggregate amount
of Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the last day of the prior Monthly Period (or, with respect to the first Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables determined as of the close of business on the
day preceding the Closing Date), and (b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages (as such term is defined in the Indenture) for allocations with respect to Principal Receivables for all outstanding Series on such
date of determination; provided, however, that with respect to any Monthly Period in which an Allocation Reset Date occurs, the denominator determined pursuant to clause (a) hereof shall be, on and after such date, the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables as of the beginning of the day on such (after adjusting for the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables, if any, added to or removed on such Allocation Reset Date). 

“Receivables Sales Proceeds” means, with respect to any Tranche of Notes, the proceeds of the sale of Receivables with
respect to such Tranche pursuant to Section 4.20. Receivables Sales Proceeds do not constitute Available Principal Amounts. 

“Released Noteholder Collections” has the meaning specified in Section 3.03. 

“Required Deposit Amount” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries Notes and with respect to any Transfer Date, the sum of
(a) the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount for the related Monthly Period as most recently determined, and (b) the Required Principal Deposit Amount for the related Monthly Period as most recently determined. To the extent any data
needed to calculate the Required Deposit Amount is not available on any Date of Processing, the Issuer shall use the corresponding data as most recently determined or other reasonable estimate of such data until the required data is available (which
shall be no later than the Transfer Date). Without limiting the foregoing, (x) for the purpose of determining the amount to be deposited to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Notes that
bears interest by reference to a benchmark index rate of interest on any Date of Processing on which the applicable indexed rate has not been determined, the applicable indexed rate shall be estimated based on the assumption that the indexed rate
will equal the indexed rate as most recently used to calculate the accrual of interest for such Tranche, multiplied by 1.25, (y) for the purpose of determining the amount payable to the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.01(b)
prior the end of the applicable Monthly Period, on each day, the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Monthly Period shall be assumed to be the Available Funds 

  
 20 

 
Allocation Amount on such day (adjusted upwards to reflect any increase in the Available Funds Allocation Amount which the Issuer has reason to believe will be effected during such Monthly
Period, if applicable), multiplied by 1.25, and (z) for the purposes of determining the aggregate WFCardSeries Default Amount for the related Monthly Period (other than the Monthly Period in which the first tranche of WFCardSeries Notes is
issued), the WFCardSeries Default Amount shall be estimated based on the assumption that the WFCardSeries Default Amount for the Monthly Period will equal the WFCardSeries Default Amount for the prior Monthly Period multiplied by 1.25, with such
adjustments as may be appropriate taking into consideration any change in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the WFCardSeries Notes since the prior Transfer Date. 

“Required Excess Available Funds” means, with respect to any Monthly Period, an amount equal to zero; provided,
however, that the Issuer may, from time to time, change such amount (which will never be less than zero) upon (i) written notice to the Indenture Trustee, (ii) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to such change
and (iii) the Issuer reasonably believes that such change will not have an Adverse Effect. 
 “Required Finance Charge Deposit
Amount” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries Notes and with respect to any Transfer Date, the sum of 
  

	 	(a)	 the targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.01(a) with respect to such
Transfer Date and using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(b)	 the amounts payable to the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.01(b) with respect to such Transfer Date and
using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(c)	 the sum of the WFCardSeries Investor Default Amounts, if any, for each day of the preceding Monthly Period and
determined using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(d)	 the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit with respect to such Transfer Date; 

 

	 	(e)	 the targeted deposits to the Accumulation Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.26 with respect to such
Transfer Date; 

  

	 	(f)	 targeted deposits to the Class C Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.22 with respect to such Transfer
Date; 

  

	 	(g)	 targeted deposits to the Class D Reserve Account pursuant to Section 4.24 with respect to such Transfer
Date; 

  

	 	(h)	 the additional amounts specified in the Terms Document for any Tranche or class of WFCardSeries Notes with
respect to such Transfer Dates; and 

  
 21 

	 	(i)	 the amounts to be treated as Shared Excess Available Funds for allocation in accordance with Section
4.29 (determined using the same assumptions used in determining the Required Deposit Amount when determining any amounts needed by any other applicable Series) with respect to such Transfer Date. 

“Required Principal Deposit Amount” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries Notes and with respect to any Transfer Date, the
sum of 
  

	 	(a)	 the amounts to be deposited into the relevant Interest Funding sub-Account pursuant to Section 4.07(a)
with respect to such Transfer Date and determined using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(b)	 the amounts to be deposited into the relevant Interest Funding sub-Account pursuant to Section 4.07(b)
with respect to such Transfer Date and determined using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(c)	 the amounts to be deposited into the relevant Interest Funding sub-Account pursuant to Section 4.07(c)
with respect to such Transfer Date and determined using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(d)	 the amounts payable to the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.07(d) with respect to such Transfer Date and
determined using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(e)	 the amounts payable to the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.07(e) with respect to such Transfer Date and
determined using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(f)	 the amounts payable to the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.07(f) with respect to such Transfer Date and
determined using the assumptions in the definition of Required Deposit Amount, if needed; 

  

	 	(g)	 the targeted deposits to the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.10 with respect to the
related Monthly Period; and 

  

	 	(h)	 the amounts to be treated as Shared Excess Available Principal Amounts for application in accordance with
Section 4.30 (determined using the same assumptions used in determining the Required Deposit Amount when determining any amounts needed by any other applicable Series) with respect to such Transfer Date. 

“Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any Tranche of a Senior Class of Notes, the aggregate Nominal
Liquidation Amount of a Subordinated Class of Notes, as specified in the applicable Terms Document for such Tranche of the Senior Class, that is required to be outstanding and available on any date the Senior Class is Outstanding. 

  
 22 

 “Senior Class” means (a) with respect to the Class B Notes, the
Class A Notes, (b) with respect to the Class C Notes, the Class A Notes or Class B Notes, and (c) with respect to the Class D Notes, the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes or the Class C Notes. 

“Series Available Funds Shortfall” means, with respect to any Transfer Date with respect to the WFCardSeries, the excess, if
any, of (a) the aggregate amount targeted to be paid or applied pursuant to Sections 4.01(a) through (d) for any Transfer Date over (b) the WFCardSeries Available Funds (excluding any amounts to be treated as
WFCardSeries Available Funds pursuant to Section 4.29(a)) for such Transfer Date; provided, however, that the Issuer, when authorized by an Officer’s Certificate, may amend or otherwise modify this
definition of Series Available Funds Shortfall, provided that the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to such amendment or modification. 

“Series Available Principal Amounts Shortfall” means, with respect to any Transfer Date with respect to the WFCardSeries, the
excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate amount targeted to be paid or applied pursuant to subsections 4.07(a) through (g) for any Transfer Date over (b) the WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts (excluding any amounts to be
treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts pursuant to subsection 4.30(a)) for such Transfer Date; provided, however, that the Issuer, when authorized by an Officer’s Certificate, may amend or otherwise modify this
definition of Series Available Principal Amount Shortfall, provided that the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to such amendment or modification. 

“Series Early Redemption Event” with respect to the WFCardSeries, has the meaning specified in
Section 5.01. 
 “Servicer Interchange” means (a) for any Transfer Date on which WFBNA is
the Servicer, the lesser of (i) the amount of Interchange allocated to the WFCardSeries Noteholders pursuant to Subsection 3.01(a)(i), and (ii) the product of (A) the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the
WFCardSeries for the immediately preceding Monthly Period and (B) one-twelfth of 0.75%, and (b) at all other times, $0. 

“Shared Excess Available Funds” means, with respect to any Transfer Date with respect to any series of Notes, either
(a) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Funds for such Transfer Date available after application in accordance with subsections 4.01(a) through (g), or (b) the amounts allocated to other series of Notes identified as an
Excess Available Funds Sharing Series in Excess Available Funds Sharing Group One which the applicable Indenture Supplements for such series specify are to be treated as “Shared Excess Available Funds.” 

“Shared Excess Available Principal Amounts” means, with respect to any Transfer Date with respect to any series of Notes in
Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One, (a) the amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts for such Transfer Date available after application in accordance with subsections 4.07(a) through (g), and
(b) the amounts allocated to other Series of Notes identified as an Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Series in Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One which the applicable

  
 23 

 
Indenture Supplements for such series specify are to be treated as “Shared Excess Available Principal Amounts,” as applicable. 

“Spot Exchange Rate” with respect to any Tranche of Notes, has the meaning specified in the applicable Terms Document. 

“Subordinated Class” means (a) with respect to the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes, Class C Notes or
Class D Notes, (b) with respect to the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or Class D Notes, and (c) with respect to the Class C Notes, the Class D Notes. 

“Targeted Interest Deposit Amount” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries Notes for any Transfer Date, the aggregate amount
targeted to be deposited in the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.02 for such Transfer Date. 

“Targeted Principal Deposit Amount” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries Notes for any Transfer Date, the aggregate amount
targeted to be deposited in the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.10 for such Transfer Date. 

“Terms Documents” means, with respect to the WFCardSeries Notes, the Terms Document specifying the terms of such WFCardSeries
Notes. 
 “Unallocated Principal Collections” has the meaning specified in subsection 3.01(b).

 “WFCardSeries Available Funds” means, with respect to any Transfer Date, the sum of (a) the amount of Collections
with respect to Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the WFCardSeries pursuant to subsection 3.01(a)(i), plus (b) the amount of Interchange and Investment Earnings allocated to the WFCardSeries pursuant to
Section 3.02, plus (c) any amounts to be treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds pursuant to subsections 4.04(a) and 4.20(d) plus (d) any amounts to be treated as WFCardSeries Available
Funds pursuant to any Terms Document. 
 “WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts” means the sum of (a) the amount of
Collections with respect to Principal Receivables allocated to the WFCardSeries pursuant to subsections 3.01(a)(ii) and 3.01(b), (b) any amounts to be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts pursuant to
subsection 4.12(a) and (c) any amounts to be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts pursuant to any Terms Document. 

“WFCardSeries Investor Default Amount” means, with respect to any date of determination, the product of (a) the Default
Amounts with respect to each such date of determination and (b) the Investor Percentage with respect to Default Amounts with respect to such date of determination. 

“WFCardSeries Servicing Fee” means has the meaning specified in Section 7.01. 

“WFCardSeries Net Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01. 

  
 24 

 “WFCardSeries Net Servicing Fee Rate” means (a) so long as WFBNA is
the Servicer, 1.25% per annum and (b) if WFBNA is no longer the Servicer, 2.00% per annum. 
 “WFCardSeries Servicing
Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01. 
 “WFCardSeries Servicing Fee
Percentage” means 2.00%. 
 Section 1.02. GOVERNING LAW;
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. (a) THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY
OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES, AND/OR THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. 

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY
SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT; PROVIDED, THAT EACH PARTY HERETO
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO
PRECLUDE THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE NOTES, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE INDENTURE
TRUSTEE. EACH PARTY HERETO SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION,
IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND
OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1.05
OF THE INDENTURE AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 1.02 SHALL

  
 25 

 
AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. 

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND
EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF
THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE NOTEHOLDERS BY ACCEPTING THEIR INTEREST IN THE NOTES WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT,
TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 1.02 SHALL
LIMIT THE RIGHTS OF ANY PERSON PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.10 OF THE TRANSFER AGREEMENT OR SECTION 6.03 OF THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN CONNECTION WITH A REQUEST RELATING TO THE REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES; PROVIDED, THAT, FOR THE
AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREE THAT SECTION 2.10 OF THE TRANSFER AGREEMENT AND SECTION 6.03 OF THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT SHALL NOT APPLY TO THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE PAYING AGENT OR THE NOTE REGISTRAR, AND NONE OF THE
INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE PAYING AGENT NOR THE NOTE REGISTRAR SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO ARBITRATE ANY MATTER REGARDING ITS RIGHTS, DUTIES, PRIVILEGES, INDEMNITIES, PROTECTIONS, IMMUNITIES AND BENEFITS. 

Section 1.03. Counterparts. This Indenture Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument. 

Section 1.04. Ratification of Indenture. As supplemented by this Indenture Supplement, the Indenture is in
all respects ratified and confirmed and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument. 

  
 26 

 ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01. Creation, Designation, and Continuation. 

(a) There is hereby created a series of Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement to be known as
“WFCardSeries” or the “WFCardSeries Notes”. The WFCardSeries Notes will be issued in four classes, the first of which shall be known as the “WFCardSeries Class A Notes,” the second of which shall be known as the
“WFCardSeries Class B Notes,” the third of which shall be known as the “WFCardSeries Class C Notes” and the fourth of which shall be known as the “WFCardSeries Class D Notes.” 

(b) The WFCardSeries shall be an Excess Available Funds Sharing Series in Excess Available Funds Sharing Group One and shall not be in
any other excess available funds sharing group. 
 (c) The WFCardSeries shall be an Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing
Series in Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One and shall not be in any other excess available principal amounts sharing group. 

(d) The WFCardSeries shall not be subordinated to any other series of Notes. 

Section 2.02. New Issuances of Notes. The Issuer may issue new Tranches of Notes (including additional Notes
of an Outstanding Tranche) to be included in the WFCardSeries, so long as the following conditions precedent are satisfied: 

(i) on or before the date that the new issuance is to occur, the Issuer will have delivered to the Indenture Trustee, the
Paying Agent and the Note Registrar a Terms Document relating to the applicable Tranche of Notes; 
 (ii) if the issuance of
Notes results in an increase in the targeted deposit amount of any Class C Reserve sub-Account of a Tranche of Class C Notes or any Class D Reserve
sub-Account of a Tranche of Class D Notes, on such issuance date the Issuer will have funded such increase with a cash deposit to such Class C Reserve
sub-Account or Class D Reserve sub-Account, as applicable; 

(iii) the conditions specified in Section 3.10 of the Indenture and
Section 2.03 of this Indenture Supplement, as applicable, are satisfied; and 
 (iv) any other
conditions specified in the related Terms Document. 

  
 27 

 Section 2.03. Required Subordinated Amount Conditions to
Issuance of a Tranche of a Senior Class of Notes. 
 (a) Class A Required Subordinated Amount
of Class B Notes – Class A Issuance. On the issuance date of a Tranche of Class A Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes
for such Tranche of Class A Notes must be at least equal to the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(a), the
available subordinated amount of Class B Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date:

 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class B Notes which are Outstanding on that date;
minus 
 (ii) the aggregate Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for all other Tranches of
Class A Notes which are Outstanding on that date. 
 (b) Class A Required Subordinated Amount of
Class C Notes – Class A Issuance. On the issuance date of a Tranche of Class A Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes for
such Tranche of Class A Notes must be at least equal to the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(b), the available subordinated
amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class C Notes which are Outstanding on that date;
minus 
 (ii) the aggregate Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all other Tranches of
Class A Notes which are Outstanding on that date. 
 (c) Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes
– Class A Issuance. On the issuance date of a Tranche of Class A Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes
must be at least equal to the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(c), the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes for such
Tranche of Class A Notes as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class D Notes which are Outstanding on that date;
minus 

  
 28 

 (ii) the aggregate Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class D
Notes for all other Tranches of Class A Notes which are Outstanding on that date. 
 (d) Class B Required
Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes – Class B Issuance. On the issuance date of a Tranche of Class B Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of
Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes must be at least equal to the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(d), the
available subordinated amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date:

 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class C Notes which are Outstanding on that date;
minus 
 (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for
all other Tranches of Class B Notes which are Outstanding on that date plus (B) the aggregate Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all Tranches of Class A Notes for which the Class A Required
Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes is equal to zero which are Outstanding on that date. 
 (e) Class B Required
Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes – Class A Issuance. On the issuance date of a Tranche of Class A Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of
Class C Notes for all Tranches of Class B Notes must be at least equal to the aggregate Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all Tranches of Class B Notes which are Outstanding on that date. For purposes
of this subsection 2.03(e), the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes for all Tranches of Class B Notes as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations,
reallocations or payments to be made on that date: 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of
Class C Notes which are Outstanding on that date; minus 
 (ii) the aggregate Class A Required Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes for all Tranches of Class A Notes for which the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes is equal to zero which are Outstanding on that date. 

(f) Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes – Class B Issuance. On the
issuance date of a Tranche of Class B Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes must be at least equal to the Class B Required
Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(f), the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes as of any date means the
sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date: 

  
 29 

 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class D
Notes which are Outstanding on that date; minus 
 (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Class B Required
Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all other Tranches of Class B Notes which are Outstanding on that date plus (B) the aggregate Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of
Class A Notes for which the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes is equal to zero which are Outstanding on that date. 

(g) Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes – Class A Issuance. On the
issuance date of a Tranche of Class A Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of Class B Notes must be at least equal to the Class B Required
Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of Class B Notes which are Outstanding on that date. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(g), the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of
Class B Notes as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class D Notes which are Outstanding on that date; minus
 
 (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all other
Tranches of Class B Notes which are Outstanding on that date plus (B) the aggregate Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of Class A Notes for which the Class A Required
Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes is equal to zero which are Outstanding on that date. 
 (h) Class C Required Subordinated
Amount of Class D Notes – Class C Issuance. On the issuance date of a Tranche of Class C Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class D
Notes for such Tranche of Class C Notes must be at least equal to the Class C Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class C Notes. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(h), the available
subordinated amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class C Notes as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class D Notes which are Outstanding on that date;
minus 
 (ii) the aggregate Class C Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all other Tranches of
Class C Notes which are Outstanding on that date. 
 (i) Class C Required Subordinated Amount of
Class D Notes – Class B Issuance. On the issuance date of a Tranche of Class B Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes for
all Tranches of Class C Notes must be at least equal to the Class C Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of Class C Notes. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(i), the available subordinated
amount of Class D Notes for 

  
 30 

 
all Tranches of Class C Notes as of any date means the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class D Notes which are Outstanding on that date, after giving effect to
any issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date. 
 (j) Class C Required Subordinated Amount of
Class D Notes – Class A Issuance. On the issuance date of a Tranche of Class A Notes, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes for
all Tranches of Class C Notes must be at least equal to the Class C Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of Class C Notes. For purposes of this subsection 2.03(j), the available subordinated
amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of Class C Notes as of any date means the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Tranches of Class D Notes which are Outstanding on that date, after giving effect to any issuances,
deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made on that date. 
 Section 2.04. Reports. Not later than the Determination
Date preceding each Payment Date, the Issuer shall deliver or cause the Servicer to deliver to the Note Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Indenture Trustee (with a copy to each Note Rating Agency), a statement substantially in the form of
Exhibit B as the Monthly Noteholders’ Statement required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.06 of the Indenture; provided that the Issuer may amend the form of Exhibit B from time to time. 

  
 31 

 ARTICLE III 

ALLOCATIONS 

Section 3.01. Allocations. 

(a) Allocations. The Issuer shall, prior to the close of business on the day any Collections are deposited in the Collection Account,
cause to be allocated to the WFCardSeries Noteholders the following amounts as set forth below: 
 (i) An amount equal to the
product of (A) the Floating Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections (other than Interchange and Investment Earnings) processed in respect of Finance Charge Receivables
on such Date of Processing. Such amount shall be treated as a portion of WFCardSeries Available Funds and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.01. All amounts of Interchange and Investment Earnings to be treated as
Collections of Finance Charge Receivables with respect to each Monthly Period shall be allocated and applied pursuant to Section 3.02. 

(ii) An amount equal to the product of (A) the Principal Investor Percentage on the Date of Processing of such Collections
and (B) the aggregate amount of Collections processed in respect of Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing and, of such amounts: 

(A) cause to be retained in the Collection Account an amount equal to the Daily Principal Shortfall to be treated as
WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts with respect to the related Transfer Date to be applied pursuant to Section 4.07; 

(B) cause to be retained in the Collection Account an amount equal to the Daily Principal Amount for such day for all
WFCardSeries Class D Notes, Class C Notes and Class B Notes to be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts with respect to the related Transfer Date to be applied pursuant to Section 4.07. 

(C) cause to be withdrawn from the Collection Account and cause to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest an amount
equal to any excess remaining after the application of subsections 3.01(a)(ii)(A) and 3.01(a)(ii)(B); provided, however, that the amount to be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest pursuant to this
subsection 3.01(a)(ii)(C) with respect to any Date of Processing shall be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest if, and only to the extent that, the Transferor Interest on such Date of Processing is equal to or
greater than the Minimum Transferor Interest on such Date of Processing (after giving effect to the inclusion of all Receivables created on or prior to such Date of Processing and the application of payments referred to in
subsection 5.02(b) of 

  
 32 

 
the Indenture, this subsection 3.01(a)(ii)(C), Section 3.03, and any other payments of principal amounts to the Holder of the Transferor Interest) and otherwise
such Collections shall be considered Unallocated Principal Collections, withdrawn from the Collection Account and deposited into the Excess Funding Account to be applied pursuant to subsection 3.01(b). 

(b) Unallocated Principal Collections. Any Collections in respect of Principal Receivables not paid to the Holder of the Transferor
Interest because of the limitations contained in subsection 5.02(b) of the Indenture, subsection 3.01(a)(ii)(C), or subsection 3.03(c) (together, “Unallocated Principal
Collections”) shall be held in the Excess Funding Account and, except as provided in the following sentence, shall be paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest pursuant to subsection 5.02(b)(ii) of the Indenture. For each
Transfer Date with respect to any Note Accumulation Period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) any amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account because of limitations contained in subsection 3.01(a)(ii)(C) or
subsection 3.03(c), plus (ii) the product of (A) any amounts on deposit in the Excess Funding Account because of the limitations contained in subsection 5.02(b) of the Indenture times (B) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount of all WFCardSeries Notes in a Note Accumulation Period during the immediately preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average
Available Funds Allocation Amount of all Notes in a Note Accumulation Period during such immediately preceding Monthly Period, shall be, to the extent needed, withdrawn from the Excess Funding Account and included in the WFCardSeries Available
Principal Amounts which, to the extent available, shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.07 on such Transfer Date as though such amounts were Collections of Principal Receivables processed on the last day of the preceding
Monthly Period. 
 Section 3.02. Allocation of Interchange; Allocation of Investment Earnings. 

(a) The Issuer shall, prior to the close of business on each Date of Processing, cause to be allocated to the WFCardSeries Noteholders an
amount of Interchange equal to the product of (i) the aggregate amount of Interchange deposited into the Collection Account with respect to such Date of Processing and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Weighted Average
Available Funds Allocation Amount for the WFCardSeries for such immediately preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Series for such immediately preceding Monthly Period.
Such amount of Interchange allocated to the WFCardSeries Noteholders shall be deposited into the Collection Account to be treated as a portion of WFCardSeries Available Funds for the immediately preceding Monthly Period and shall be applied pursuant
to Section 4.01. 
 (b) The Issuer shall, prior to the close of business on each Transfer Date, cause to be
allocated to the WFCardSeries Noteholders an amount of Investment Earnings equal to the product of (i) the aggregate amount of Investment Earnings with respect to the immediately preceding Monthly Period on deposit in the Collection Account and
(ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the WFCardSeries for such immediately preceding Monthly Period and the denominator of which is the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation
Amount for all Series for such immediately 

  
 33 

 
preceding Monthly Period. Such amount of Investment Earning allocated to the WFCardSeries Noteholders shall be retained in the Collection Account to be treated as a portion of WFCardSeries
Available Funds for the immediately preceding Monthly Period and shall be applied pursuant to Section 4.01. 

Section 3.03. Required Deposit Limitations. 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Indenture or this Indenture Supplement, the Issuer will only be required to
retain in the Collection Account amounts up to the Required Deposit Amount for the succeeding Transfer Date. If, at any time prior to the applicable Transfer Date, the amount of Collections with respect to Finance Charge Receivables deposited and
retained in the Collection Account exceeds the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount for the applicable Transfer Date, the Issuer may immediately cause to be withdrawn such excess Collections with respect to Finance Charge Receivables from the
Collection Account and immediately cause to be paid such excess to the Holder of the Transferor Interest. If, at any time prior to the applicable Transfer Date, the amount of Collections with respect Principal Receivables deposited and retained in
the Collection Account exceeds the Required Principal Deposit Amount for the applicable Transfer Date, then, subject to subsection 3.03(c), the Issuer may immediately cause to be withdrawn such excess Collections with respect to Principal
Receivables from the Collection Account and immediately cause to be paid such excess to the Holder of the Transferor Interest. 
 (b) If on
any Business Day the Issuer determines that the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount or the Required Principal Deposit Amount for the succeeding Transfer Date is less than the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount or the Required Principal
Deposit Amount as previously calculated by the Issuer, then the Issuer, to the extent permitted to do so pursuant to subsection 3.03(a), may cause to be withdrawn excess Collections with respect to Finance Charge Receivables or Principal
Receivables from the Collection Account and cause to be paid such excess funds to the Holder of the Transferor Interest, subject, with respect to amounts relating to Principal Receivables, to subsection 3.03(c). If, on any Business Day, the
Servicer on behalf of the Issuer determines that either the Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount or the Required Principal Deposit Amount, in each case, for such Monthly Period is greater than such amount as previously calculated by the Servicer,
then the Servicer shall notify the Paying Agent, and for all Dates of Processing remaining in such Monthly Period on or after such determination, the Issuer shall cause to be retained in the Collection Account such Collections with respect to
Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables as allocated pursuant to Section 3.01 until additional Collections are no longer required to be retained in the Collection Account pursuant to subsection 3.03(a),
using such new Required Finance Charge Deposit Amount and Required Principal Deposit Amount, as applicable. 
 (c) Any Collections with
respect to Principal Receivables eligible for distribution to the Holder of the Transferor Interest pursuant to subsection 3.03(a) or 3.03(b) (such Collections, “Released Noteholder Collections”) shall be distributed
to the Holder of the Transferor Interest if, and only to the extent that, the Transferor Interest on such date is equal to or greater than the Minimum Transferor Interest on such date (after giving effect to the inclusion of all Receivables created
on or prior to such date and the application of payments referred to in 

  
 34 

 
subsection 5.02(b) of the Indenture, subsection 3.01(a)(ii)(C), this Section 3.03 and all other payments of principal amounts of the Holder of the
Transferor Interest); otherwise, such Collections shall be considered Unallocated Principal Collections, withdrawn from the Collection Account and deposited into the Excess Funding Account to be applied pursuant to subsection 3.01(b). 

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, the Holder of the Transferor Interest shall have no obligation to deposit Released Noteholder Collections
previously paid to the Holder of the Transferor Interest, and Noteholders shall have no claim to Released Noteholder Collections. 

  
 35 

 ARTICLE IV 

FURTHER ALLOCATIONS, DEPOSITS AND PAYMENTS 

Section 4.01. Allocations of WFCardSeries Available Funds. Prior to the close of business on each Transfer
Date, the Issuer will cause to be withdrawn from the Collection Account the amount of Collections allocated to the WFCardSeries Noteholders with respect to the related Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 3.01(a)(i), together with the other
amounts of WFCardSeries Available Funds with respect to the related Monthly Period, and shall cause to be applied the WFCardSeries Available Funds with respect to such Monthly Period, as follows: 

(a) first, to make the targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to
Section 4.02; 
 (b) second, to pay the sum of (i) the Servicer Interchange,
plus (ii) the WFCardSeries Net Servicing Fee plus (iii) any previously due and unpaid WFCardSeries Net Servicing Fee to the Servicer; 

(c) third, to be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts for application in accordance with
Section 4.07 in an amount equal to the sum of the WFCardSeries Investor Default Amounts, if any, for each day of the preceding Monthly Period; 

(d) fourth, to be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts for application in accordance with
Section 4.07 in an amount equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit, if any; 
 (e)
fifth, to make the targeted deposit to the Accumulation Reserve Account, if any, pursuant to Section 4.26; 

(f) sixth, to make the targeted deposit to the Class C Reserve Account, if any, pursuant to
Section 4.22; 
 (g) seventh, to make the targeted deposit to the Class D Reserve
Account, if any, pursuant to Section 4.24; 
 (h) eighth, to make any other payment or
deposit required by the Terms Documents of any class or Tranche of WFCardSeries Notes; 
 (i) ninth, to be treated as
Shared Excess Available Funds for application in accordance with Section 4.29; and 
 (j)
tenth, to the Issuer. 

  
 36 

 Section 4.02. Targeted Deposits to the Interest Funding
Account. The aggregate amount of WFCardSeries Available Funds targeted to be deposited into the Interest Funding Account pursuant to subsection 4.01(a) on each Transfer Date is equal to the sum of the amounts set forth
below. A single Tranche of Notes may be entitled to more than one of the following targeted deposits on any Transfer Date. The targeted deposit on any Transfer Date will also include any shortfall in the targeted deposit with respect to any prior
Transfer Date which has not been previously deposited. 
 (a) Specified Deposits. If the Terms Document for a Tranche of Notes
specifies a deposit to be made to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that Tranche, the deposit targeted for that Tranche of Notes with respect to that Transfer Date is such specified amount. 

(b) Interest Payments. The deposit targeted for any Tranche of Outstanding Interest-bearing
Notes on each Transfer Date will be equal to the amount of interest accrued on the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that Tranche of Notes during the period from and including the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the prior Monthly Period to but
excluding the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in the current Monthly Period. 
 (c) Amounts Owed to Derivative Counterparties. If a
Tranche of Outstanding Notes or foreign currency Notes that has a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest provides for a payment to the applicable Derivative Counterparty, the deposit
targeted for that Tranche of Notes on each Transfer Date with respect to any payment to the Derivative Counterparty will be specified in the related Terms Document. 

(d) Discount Notes. The deposit targeted for a Tranche of Outstanding Discount Notes on each Transfer Date is equal to the amount of
accretion of principal of that Tranche of Notes from the Monthly Principal Accrual Date in the related Monthly Period (or in the case of the first Transfer Date with respect to any Tranche of Notes, from the date of issuance of that Tranche of
Notes) to but excluding the Monthly Principal Accrual Date for the next month. 
 (e) Additional Interest. Unless otherwise specified
in the applicable Terms Document, the deposit targeted for any Tranche of Outstanding Notes (other than Discount Notes) for any month that has previously due and unpaid interest will include the interest accrued on that overdue interest from and
including the Monthly Interest Accrual Date in that month to but excluding the Monthly Interest Accrual Date next following that month at the rate of interest applicable to the principal of that Tranche during that period. 

Section 4.03. Allocations of WFCardSeries Available Funds to Interest Funding Sub-Accounts. The aggregate amount to be deposited to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to subsection 4.01(a) for each Monthly Period will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer, and
a portion deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account for each Tranche of Notes, as follows: 

(a) WFCardSeries Available Funds at Least Equal to Targeted Amounts. If the amount of funds available for a Monthly
Period pursuant to Section 4.01 is at least 

  
 37 

 
equal to the aggregate amount of the deposits and payments targeted by Section 4.02, then the full amount of each such deposit and payment will be made to the applicable
Interest Funding sub-Accounts. 
 (b) WFCardSeries Available Funds Are Less than
Targeted Amounts. If the amount of funds available for a Monthly Period pursuant to Section 4.01 is less than the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 4.02, then the amount
available will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to each Tranche of Notes as follows: 
 (i) first, to each
Tranche of Class A Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 4.02 with respect to that Tranche of Class A Notes, to (B) the aggregate amount
of the deposits targeted by Section 4.02 with respect to all Tranches of Class A Notes, and 

(ii) second, to each Tranche of Class B Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount
of the deposits targeted by Section 4.02 with respect to that Tranche of Class B Notes, to (B) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 4.02 with respect to all Tranches
of Class B Notes, and 
 (iii) third, to each Tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on the ratio of
(A) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 4.02 with respect to that Tranche of Class C Notes, to (B) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 4.02
with respect to all Tranches of Class C Notes, and 
 (iv) fourth, to each Tranche of Class D Notes pro rata
based on the ratio of (A) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by Section 4.02 with respect to that Tranche of Class D Notes, to (B) the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by
Section 4.02 with respect to all Tranches of Class D Notes 
 Section 4.04.
Amounts to Be Treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds; Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest in Foreign Currencies; Other Deposits to the Interest Funding
Sub-Accounts. The following deposits and payments will be made on the following dates: 

(a) Amounts to Be Treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds. In addition to Available Funds allocated to the WFCardSeries
pursuant to subsection 3.01(a)(i), the following amounts shall be treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds for application in accordance with this Article IV for any Monthly Period: 

(i) PFA Accumulation Earnings Shortfall. The aggregate amount withdrawn from the Accumulation Reserve Account pursuant
to subsection 4.27(a) will be treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds for such Monthly Period. 

  
 38 

 (ii) PFA Prefunding Earnings Shortfall. On or prior to each Transfer
Date, the Issuer will calculate the PFA Prefunding Earnings Shortfall (if any) for the Principal Funding sub-Account for each Tranche of Notes. If there is any PFA Prefunding Earnings Shortfall for any
Principal Funding sub-Account for that Transfer Date, or any unpaid PFA Prefunding Earnings Shortfall for any Principal Funding sub-Account from any earlier Transfer
Date, in each case for any Tranche of Notes, the Issuer will notify the Transferor and the Servicer of such amount for the purpose of calculating the amount to be deposited to the applicable interest funding account(s) pursuant to subsection
5.03(b) of the Indenture. On each Transfer Date, the Issuer will treat as WFCardSeries Available Funds the amount allocated to WFCardSeries and deposited into the Interest Funding Account for WFCardSeries with respect to each Principal Funding sub-Account, if any, pursuant to subsection 5.03(b) of the Indenture. 
 (iii)
Dollar Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Interest. Dollar payments received under Derivative Agreements for interest for any Tranche of Notes will be treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds. 

(iv) Sub-Account Earnings. Any PFA Accumulation Earnings, any PFA
Prefunding Earnings, any Accumulation Reserve sub-Account Earnings and any Interest Funding sub-Account Earnings for any Transfer Date will be treated as WFCardSeries
Available Funds for such Transfer Date. 
 (v) Shared Excess Available Funds. Any Shared Excess Available Funds
allocable to the WFCardSeries will be treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds pursuant to subsection 4.29(a). 

(vi) Other Amounts. This Indenture Supplement or the Terms Document for any Tranche of Notes may include additional
amounts which are to be treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds for any Transfer Date. 
 (b) Payments Received from
Derivative Counterparties. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for Notes with interest payable in foreign currencies will be applied as specified in the applicable Terms Document. 

(c) Other Deposits to the Interest Funding Sub-Accounts. 

(i) Class C Reserve Account. Withdrawals made from the Class C Reserve Account pursuant to
subsection 4.23(a) will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the Transfer Date. 

(ii) Class D Reserve Account. Withdrawals made from the Class D Reserve Account pursuant to subsection
4.25(a) will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the Transfer Date. 

  
 39 

 (iii) Receivables Sales Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds received
by the Issuer pursuant to subsection 4.20(c)(ii) for any Tranche of Notes will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt by the Issuer. 

(iv) Other Amounts. This Indenture Supplement or the Terms Document for any Tranche may include additional amounts which
are to be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the Transfer Date. 

Section 4.05. Allocations of Reductions from Investor Charge-Offs
to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes. On each Transfer Date when there is an Investor Charge-Off with respect to the related Monthly Period, that reduction will be caused to be
allocated by the Issuer (and reallocated) on that date to each Tranche of Notes as set forth in this Section 4.05. 

(a) Initially, the amount of such Investor Charge-Off will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to
each Tranche of Outstanding Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche for such Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the WFCardSeries
for such Monthly Period.  
 (b) Immediately afterwards, the amount of Investor Charge-Offs
allocated to the Class A Notes pursuant to clause (a) will be reallocated to the Class D Notes subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (c) and (f), the amount of Investor
Charge-Offs allocated to the Class A Notes pursuant to clause (a) and not reallocated to the Class D Notes due to the limitations set forth in clauses (c) and (f) will be reallocated to the
Class C Notes subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (c) and (f), and the amount of Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Class A Notes pursuant to clause (a) and not reallocated to the Class C Notes due to the
limitations set forth in clauses (c) and (f) will be reallocated to the Class B Notes subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (c) and (f). Immediately after giving effect to the preceding sentence, the aggregate amount of
Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Class B Notes pursuant to clause (a) or reallocated to the Class B Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence will be reallocated to the Class D Notes
subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (d) and (f) and the amount of Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Class B Notes pursuant to clause (a) and not reallocated to the Class D Notes due to the limitation set forth in
clauses (d) and (f) will be reallocated to the Class C Notes subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (d) and (f). Immediately after giving effect to the preceding sentence, the aggregate amount of Investor Charge-Offs
allocated to the Class C Notes pursuant to clause (a) or reallocated to the Class C Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence will be reallocated to the Class D Notes subject to the limitations set forth in clauses (e) and
(f). Any amount of Investor Charge-Offs which cannot be reallocated from a Senior Class to a Subordinated Class due to the limitations in clauses (c), (d), (e) and (f) will reduce the Nominal
Liquidation Amount of the related senior Tranche of Notes. 
 (c) (i) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any Tranche of Class A Notes to the Class D Notes is subject to the limitation that after giving effect to clause (a) and to such reallocation from that Tranche of Class A Notes
to the Class D Notes, 

  
 40 

 
that Tranche’s Class A Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount (computed before giving effect to any reallocations of Investor
Charge-Offs from any Class C Notes, any reallocations of Investor Charge-Offs from any Class B Notes and any reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts on such date) will not exceed
that Tranche’s Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes. 
 (ii) The reallocation in clause (b) of
Investor Charge-Offs from any Tranche of Class A Notes to the Class C Notes is subject to the limitation that after giving effect to clause (a) and to such reallocation from that Tranche of Class A Notes to the Class C
Notes, that Tranche’s Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (computed before giving effect to any reallocations of Investor Charge-Offs from any Class B Notes and any reallocation of WFCardSeries Available
Principal Amounts on such date) will not exceed that Tranche’s Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. 

(iii) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any Tranche of Class A
Notes to the Class B Notes is subject to the limitation that after giving effect to clause (a) and to such reallocation from that Tranche of Class A Notes to the Class B Notes, that Tranche’s Class A Usage of
Class B Required Subordinated Amount (computed before giving effect to any reallocations of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts on such date) will not exceed that Tranche’s Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B
Notes. 
 (d) (i) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any Tranche of
Class B Notes to the Class D Notes is subject to the limitation that after giving effect to clause (a) and to such reallocation from that Tranche of Class B Notes to the Class D Notes and reallocations from any tranche of
Class A Notes to any Tranche of Class D Notes, that Tranche’s Class B Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount (computed before giving effect to any reallocations of Investor Charge-Offs from any Class C Notes and
any reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts on such date) will not exceed that Tranche’s Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes. 

(ii) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any Tranche of Class B Notes to the Class C Notes is subject
to the limitation that after giving effect to clause (a) and to such reallocation from that Tranche of Class B Notes to the Class C Notes and reallocations from any Tranche of Class A Notes to any Tranche of Class C Notes,
that Tranche’s Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount (computed before giving effect to any reallocations of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts on such date) will not exceed that Tranche’s Class B
Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. 
 (e) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any Tranche of
Class C Notes to the Class D Notes is subject to the limitation that after giving effect to clause (a) and such reallocation from that Tranche of Class C Notes, reallocations from any Tranche of Class A Notes to any Tranche
of Class D Notes and reallocations from any Tranche of Class B Notes, that Tranche’s Class C Usage of Class D Required Subordinated Amount (computed before giving effect to any reallocations of WFCardSeries Available
Principal Amounts on such date) will not exceed that Tranche’s Class C Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes. 

  
 41 

 (f) (i) The amount permitted to be reallocated to Tranches of Class D Notes pursuant to
clause (b) will be applied to each Tranche of Class D Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of Class D Notes for the related Monthly Period to the Weighted Average
Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class D Notes for the related Monthly Period. 
 (ii) Any such reallocation that would
otherwise have reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of Class D Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining Tranches of Class D Notes as set forth in this clause (f), but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation
Amount (after giving effect to this clause (f)) of any Tranche of Class D Notes be reduced below zero. 
 (iii) The amount permitted
to be reallocated to Tranches of Class C Notes pursuant to clause (b) will be applied to each Tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of
Class C Notes for the related Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class C Notes for the related Monthly Period. 

(iv) Any such reallocation that would otherwise have reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of Class C Notes below zero
will be reallocated to the remaining Tranches of Class C Notes as set forth in this clause (f), but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount (after giving effect to this clause (f)) of any Tranche of Class C Notes be
reduced below zero. 
 (v) The amount permitted to be reallocated to Tranches of Class B Notes pursuant to clause (b) will be
applied to each Tranche of Class B Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of Class B Notes for the related Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds
Allocation Amount for all Class B Notes for the related Monthly Period. 
 (vi) Any such reallocation that would otherwise have
reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of Class B Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining Tranches of Class B Notes as set forth in this clause (f), but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount (after
giving effect to this clause (f)) of any Tranche of Class B Notes be reduced below zero. 
 (g) In the case of each Tranche of
Notes, the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each such Tranche will be reduced by an amount equal to the Investor Charge-Offs which are allocated or reallocated to that Tranche of Notes, less the amount of
Investor Charge-Offs that are reallocated from that Tranche of Notes to Notes of a Subordinated Class of Notes. 

Section 4.06. Allocations of Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits. If, as of any Transfer
Date, there are WFCardSeries Available Funds available pursuant to subsection 4.01(d) to reimburse any Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits as of such Transfer Date, such funds will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to
each Tranche of Notes as follows: 

  
 42 

 (a) first, to each Tranche of Class A Notes pro rata
based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit thereof to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits of all Tranches of Class A Notes, but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a Tranche of Notes be
increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche, 
 (b) second, to each Tranche of
Class B Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit thereof to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of all Tranches of Class B Notes, but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount of
such a Tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche, 
 (c)
third, to each Tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit thereof to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of all Tranches of Class C Notes, but in no event will
the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a Tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche, and 

(d) fourth, to each Tranche of Class D Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit
thereof to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of all Tranches of Class D Notes, but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a Tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of
such Tranche. 
 Section 4.07. Application of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts. On each Transfer
Date, the Issuer will cause to be applied WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts as follows: 
 (a) first, with
respect to each Monthly Period, if after giving effect to deposits to be made with respect to such Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(a), any Tranche of Class A Notes has not received the full amount targeted
to be deposited pursuant to Section 4.02 with respect to that Monthly Period, then WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount not to exceed the sum of the Daily Principal Amounts for each day during such Monthly
Period for all Class D Notes, Class C Notes and Class B Notes) will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to the Interest Funding sub-Account of each such Tranche of Class A Notes pro
rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class A Notes, the lesser of the following amounts: 
 (i) the
amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of such Tranche of Class A Notes; and 

(ii) an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes (B) the
Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes and (C) the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes, in each case, for such Tranche of Class A Notes (determined after giving effect to the application of
Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.05); 

  
 43 

 (b) second, with respect to each Monthly Period, if after giving
effect to deposits to be made with respect to such Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(a) any Tranche of Class B Notes has not received the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to
Section 4.02 with respect to that Monthly Period, then WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount, not less than zero, not to exceed the sum of the Daily Principal Amounts for each day during such Monthly Period
for all Class D Notes and Class C Notes minus the aggregate amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated pursuant to clause (a) above) will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to the Interest Funding sub-Account of each such Tranche of Class B Notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class B Notes, the lesser of the following amounts: 

(i) the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of such Tranche of Class B Notes; and 
 (ii) an amount equal to the sum
of (A) the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes and (B) the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes, in each case, for such Tranche of Class B Notes (determined after giving effect to the
application of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.05 and the reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts pursuant to clause (a) above); 

(c) third, with respect to each Monthly Period, if after giving effect to deposits to be made with respect to such
Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(a), any Tranche of Class C Notes has not received the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to Section 4.02 with respect to that Monthly
Period, then WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount, not less than zero, not to exceed the sum of the Daily Principal Amounts for each day during such Monthly Period for all Class D Notes minus the aggregate amount of
WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above) will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to the Interest Funding sub-Account of each such Tranche of
Class C Notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class C Notes, the lesser of the following amounts: 

(i) the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of such Tranche of Class C Notes; and 
 (ii) an amount equal to the
Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class C Notes (determined after giving effect to the application of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.05 and the reallocation
of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) above); 
 (d) fourth, with respect
to each Monthly Period, if after giving effect to payments to be made with respect to such Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(b), the Servicer has not received the full amount to be paid pursuant to subsection 4.01(b) 

  
 44 

 
with respect to that Monthly Period, then WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount, not less than zero, not to exceed the sum of the Daily Principal Amounts for each day during such
Monthly Period for all Class D Notes, Class C Notes and Class B Notes minus the aggregate amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) above) will be paid to the Servicer in
an amount equal to, and allocated to each such Tranche of Class A Notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class A Notes, the lesser of the following amounts: 

(i) the amount of the deficiency allocated to such Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to
Section 4.08; and 
 (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class A Unused
Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes, (B) the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes and (C) the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes, in each case, for such Tranche of Class A
Notes (determined after giving effect to the application of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.05 and the reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amount pursuant to
clauses (a) through (c) above); 
 (e) fifth, with respect to each Monthly Period, if after giving effect to
payments to be made with respect to such Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(b), the Servicer has not received the full amount to be paid pursuant to subsection 4.01(b) with respect to that
Monthly Period, then WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount, not less than zero, not to exceed the sum of the Daily Principal Amounts for each day during such Monthly Period for all Class D Notes and Class C Notes,
minus the aggregate amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated pursuant to clauses (a) through (d) above) will be paid to the Servicer in an amount equal to, and allocated to each such Tranche of Class B Notes
pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class B Notes, the lesser of the following amounts: 
 (i)
the amount of the deficiency allocated to such Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to Section 4.08; and 

(ii) an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes and (B) the
Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes, in each case, for such Tranche of Class B Notes (determined after giving effect to the application of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to
Section 4.05 and the reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amount pursuant to clauses (a) through (d) above); 

(f) sixth, with respect to each Monthly Period, if after giving effect to payments to be made with respect to such
Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(b), the Servicer has not received the full amount to be paid pursuant to subsection 4.01(b) with respect to that Monthly Period, then WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts (in an amount,
not less than zero, not to exceed the sum of the Daily Principal Amounts for each day during such Monthly Period for all Class D Notes, minus the aggregate amount 

  
 45 

 
of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts reallocated pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) above) will be paid to the Servicer in an amount equal to, and allocated to each such Tranche of
Class C Notes pro rata based on, in the case of each such Tranche of Class C Notes, the lesser of the following amounts: 

(i) the amount of the deficiency allocated to such Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to
Section 4.08; and 
 (ii) an amount equal to the Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of
Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class C Notes (determined after giving effect to the application of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.05 and the reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amount
pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) above); 
 (g) seventh, to make the targeted deposits to the Principal
Funding Account pursuant to Section 4.10; 
 (h) eighth, to be treated as Shared Excess
Available Principal Amounts for application in accordance with Section 4.30; and 
 (i)
ninth, to the Holder of the Transferor Interest. 
 Section 4.08. Allocation of Servicing Fee
Shortfalls. On each Transfer Date, if after giving effect to payments to be made with respect to such Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(b), the Servicer has not received the full amount to be paid pursuant to
subsection 4.01(b) with respect to that Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of such shortfall will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to each Tranche of Outstanding Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the
Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche for such Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the WFCardSeries for such Monthly Period. 

Section 4.09. Computation of Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from
Reallocations of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts. 
 (a) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts
deposited to the Interest Funding sub-Account of a Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a) will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes;
provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class A Notes shall not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (after giving effect to any
reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 
 (b) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts
deposited to the Interest Funding sub-Account of a Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a) which does not reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class D Notes pursuant to
clause (a) above will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes; provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class A Notes

  
 46 

 
shall not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (after giving effect to any reductions pursuant to
Section 4.05). 
 (c) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts deposited to the Interest
Funding sub-Account of a Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(a) which does not reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class D Notes pursuant to clause
(a) above and does not reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes pursuant to clause (b) above will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class B Notes; provided, however, that the amount of
such reduction for each such Tranche of Class A Notes shall not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (after giving effect to any reductions pursuant to
Section 4.05). 
 (d) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts deposited to the Interest
Funding sub-Account of a Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(b) will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clause (a)
above) of the Class D Notes; provided however that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class B Notes shall not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of
Class B Notes (after giving effect to clause (a) and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 
 (e)
Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts deposited to the Interest Funding sub-Account of a Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(b) which
does not reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clause (b) above) of Class D Notes pursuant to clause (d) above will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes; provided,
however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class B Notes shall not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes (determined after giving effect
to clause (b) above and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 
 (f) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal
Amounts deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of a Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to subsection 4.07(c) will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after
giving effect to clauses (a) and (d) above) of the Class D Notes; provided however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class C Notes shall not exceed the Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of
Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class C Notes (determined after giving effect to clauses (a) and (d) above and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 

(g) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts paid to the Servicer pursuant to subsection 4.07(d) will reduce the
Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clauses (a), (d) and (f) above) of the Class D Notes; provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class A Notes shall not exceed the
Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (after giving effect to clause (a), (d) and (f) and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 

(h) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts paid to the Servicer pursuant to subsection 4.07(d) which does not
reduce the Nominal Liquidation 

  
 47 

 
Amount of Class D Notes pursuant to clause (g) above will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clauses (b) and (e) above) of the Class C
Notes; provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class A Notes shall not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (after giving effect to
clauses (b) and (e) and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 
 (i) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries
Available Principal Amounts paid to the Servicer pursuant to subsection 4.07(d) which does not reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class D Notes pursuant to clause (g) above and does not reduce the Nominal Liquidation
Amount of Class C Notes pursuant to clause (h) above, will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clause (c) above) of the Class B Notes; provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for
each such Tranche of Class A Notes shall not exceed the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for such Tranche of Class A Notes (after giving effect to clause (c) and any reductions pursuant to
Section 4.05). 
 (j) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts paid to the Servicer pursuant
to subsection 4.07(e) will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clauses (a), (d), (f) and (g) above) of the Class D Notes; provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for each such
Tranche of Class B Notes shall not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes (after giving effect to clause (a), (d), (f) and (g) above and any reductions pursuant to
Section 4.05). 
 (k) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts paid to the Servicer pursuant
to subsection 4.07(e) which does not reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class D Notes pursuant to clause (j) above will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clauses (b), (e) and
(h) above) of the Class C Notes; provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class B Notes shall not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of
Class B Notes (after giving effect to clauses (b), (e) and (h) above and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 

(l) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts paid to the Servicer pursuant to subsection 4.07(f) will reduce the
Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clauses (a), (d), (f), (g) and (j) above) of the Class D Notes. However, the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class C Notes will not exceed the
Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class C Notes (after giving effect to clauses (a), (d), (f), (g) and (j) above). 

(m) The aggregate amount of the reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts which reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of
Class B Notes pursuant to clauses (c) and (i) above will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05) of each Tranche of the Class B
Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of Class B Notes for the related Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available

  
 48 

 
Funds Allocation Amount for all Class B Notes for the related Monthly Period; provided, however, that any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the
Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of Class B Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining Tranches of Class B Notes as set forth in this clause (m), but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount (after giving
effect to this clause (m)) of any Tranche of Class B Notes be reduced below zero; provided further, however, that the amount of any such reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of Class B
Notes will be limited by the aggregate amount of such reduction which results in a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes pursuant to clauses (n) and (p) below. 

(n) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts which reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class B Notes pursuant
to clause (m) above will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clauses (b), (e), (h) and (k) above and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05) of the Class C Notes;
provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class B Notes shall not exceed the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for such Tranche of Class B Notes (after giving
effect to clauses (b), (e), (h) and (k) above and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 
 (o)
Subject to clause (p) below, the aggregate amount of the reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts which reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class C Notes pursuant to clause (b), (e), (h), (k) and (n) above
will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05) of each Tranche of the Class C Notes pro rata based on ratio of the Weighted Average
Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of Class C Notes for the related Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class C Notes for the related Monthly Period; provided,
however, that any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of Class C Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining Tranches of Class C Notes as set forth
in this clause (o), but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount (after giving effect to this clause (o)) of any Tranche of Class C Notes be reduced below zero. 

(p) Each reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts which reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class C Notes pursuant
to clause (o) above will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to clauses (a), (d), (f), (g), (j), (l) and (n) above and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05) of the Class D
Notes; provided, however, that the amount of such reduction for each such Tranche of Class C Notes shall not exceed the Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for such Tranche of Class C Notes (after giving effect to
clauses (a), (d), (f), (g), (j), (l) and (n) above and any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05). 
 (q) The
aggregate amount of the reallocation of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts which reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class D Notes pursuant to clauses (a), (d), (f), (g), (j), (l) and (n) above will reduce the Nominal
Liquidation Amount (determined after giving effect to any reductions pursuant to Section 4.05) of each Tranche of the Class D Notes pro rata based on ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation 

  
 49 

 
Amount for such Tranche of Class D Notes for the related Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class D Notes for the related Monthly Period;
provided, however, that any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of Class D Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining Tranches of Class D
Notes as set forth in this clause (q), but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount (after giving effect to this clause (q)) of any Tranche of Class D Notes be reduced below zero. 

Section 4.10. Targeted Deposits of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts to the Principal Funding Account.
The amount of the deposit targeted for any Tranche of Notes with respect to any Monthly Period to be deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for that Tranche will be the sum of (i) the amount
determined pursuant to clause (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) with respect to such Tranche for such Monthly Period, as applicable, or if more than one such clause is applicable, the highest amount determined pursuant to any one of such
clauses, and (ii) any deposit targeted pursuant to clause (i) with respect to such Tranche for any prior Monthly Period for which the full targeted deposit was not made, but in no case shall the deposited amount be more than the Nominal
Liquidation Amount of such Tranche (computed immediately before giving effect to such deposit but after giving effect to any Investor Charge-Offs and any reallocations of WFCardSeries Available Principal
Amounts on such date). 
 (a) Principal Payment Date. With respect to the Monthly Period immediately preceding each Principal Payment
Date, the deposit targeted for that Tranche of Notes, unless otherwise specified in the related terms agreement, is equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that Tranche of Notes as of the close of business on the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding such Monthly Period (determined after giving effect to any Investor Charge-Offs and any reallocations, payments or deposits of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts on the following Transfer
Date). 
 (b) Budgeted Deposits. 

(i) Subject to subsection 4.10(d), with respect to each Monthly Period, beginning with the
Accumulation Commencement Date, the deposit targeted to be made into the Principal Funding sub-Account for that Tranche will be the Controlled Accumulation Amount for that Tranche specified in the applicable
Terms Document, or if no such amount is specified, beginning with the twelfth Monthly Period before the Monthly Period in which the Expected Principal Payment Date of that Tranche of Notes occurs, an amount equal to
one-twelfth of the expected Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes as of such Expected Principal Payment Date. 

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause (i), on or before the Transfer Date immediately preceding the
first Business Day of the month that is twelve (12) months prior to the Expected Principal Payment Date of any Tranche of Notes, and each Determination Date thereafter until the Accumulation Commencement Date, the Issuer will determine the
“Accumulation Period Length” which will equal the number of whole months not less than the number of whole calendar months reasonably 

  
 50 

 
expected by the Issuer to be necessary to accumulate from WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts an amount equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of Notes; provided,
however, that the Accumulation Period Length will not be determined to be less than one month; provided further, however, that the method for determining the Accumulation Period Length may be changed at any time the
Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to such change. 
 (c) Prefunding of the Principal Funding sub-Account of Senior Classes. If the Issuer determines as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period with respect to any Class A Notes or Class B Notes that, after giving effect to all allocations and
payments with respect to that Monthly Period, the Prefunding Target Amount of that class is greater than zero, the targeted deposit to the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for the affected classes will be the
Prefunding Target Amount for the WFCardSeries. 
 (d) Event of Default, Early Redemption Event, Other Optional or Mandatory
Redemption. If any Tranche of Notes has been accelerated during a Monthly Period after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or if an Early Redemption Event with respect to any Tranche of Notes occurs during such Monthly Period, a
Reassignment Date is to occur on the Distribution Date relating to such Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 2.04(e) of the Transfer Agreement, or with respect to the Monthly Period immediately preceding any other date fixed for any other
optional or mandatory redemption of any Tranche of Notes, the deposit targeted for that Tranche of Notes with respect to that Monthly Period and each following Monthly Period is equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that Tranche of Notes as of
the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period (after taking into account any reallocations, payments or deposits on the following Transfer Date). 

(e) Amounts Owed to Derivative Counterparties. If a Tranche of Outstanding Dollar Notes or foreign currency Notes that has a Performing
or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal that provides for a payment to the applicable Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for that Tranche of Notes on each Transfer Date with respect to
any payment to the Derivative Counterparty will be specified in the related Terms Document. 
 Section 4.11.
Allocations among Principal Funding Sub-Accounts. Subject to the restrictions of Section 4.15, the aggregate amount of the deposits to be made to the Principal Funding
Account for each Tranche of Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 for each Monthly Period will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer, and a portion deposited in the Principal Funding
sub-Account for each Tranche of Notes, as follows: 
 (a) WFCardSeries Available
Principal Amounts Equal to Targeted Amount. Subject to clause (c) below, if WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account and after giving effect to subsections 4.07(a)
through (f) are equal to the aggregate amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Tranches of Notes pursuant to
Section 4.10, then that targeted amount is deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account established for each Tranche.  

  
 51 

 (b) WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts Are Less Than Targeted
Amounts. Subject to clause (c) below, if WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts remaining on deposit in the Collection Account and after giving effect to subsections 4.07(a) through (f) are less than
the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding Account for all Tranches of Notes pursuant to Section 4.10, then the amount available will be deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account established for each Tranche in the following priority: 
 (i) first,
the amount available will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to the Class A Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding
sub-Account for such Tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to Section 4.10, to (B) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Tranches of Class A Notes pursuant to Section 4.10; 

(ii) second, the amount available after the application in clause (i) above will be caused to be allocated by the
Issuer to the Class B Notes, pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for such Tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to
Section 4.10, to (B) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Tranches of Class B Notes pursuant to
Section 4.10; and 
 (iii) third, the amount available after the applications in clauses
(i) and (ii) above will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to the Class C Notes, pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding
sub-Account for such Tranche of Class C Notes pursuant to Section 4.10, to (B) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Tranches of Class C Notes pursuant to Section 4.10; and 

(iv) fourth, the amount available after the applications in clauses (i) through (iii) above will be caused to be
allocated by the Issuer to the Class D Notes, pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for such Tranche of Class D Notes
pursuant to Section 4.10, to (B) the aggregate amount targeted to be deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Tranches of Class D Notes pursuant to
Section 4.10. 
 (c) Reallocation of Deposits to the Principal Funding Sub-Account of Subordinated Notes. If the restrictions of subsection 4.15(a) prevent the deposit of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts into the Principal Funding sub-Account of any subordinated note, the aggregate amount of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts available to make the targeted deposit for such subordinated Tranche will be caused to be allocated by the
Issuer first, to each Tranche of Class A Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Required Subordinated Amount with respect to such Subordinated Class of Notes for such Class A Notes to (B) the Required
Subordinated 

  
 52 

 
Amount with respect to such Subordinated Class of Notes for all Class A Notes, second, if applicable, to each Tranche of Class B Notes pro rata based on the ratio of
(A) the Required Subordinated Amount with respect to such Subordinated Class of Notes for such Class B Notes to (B) the Required Subordinated Amount with respect to such Subordinated Class of Notes for all Class B
Notes, and third, if applicable, to each Tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Required Subordinated Amount with respect to such Subordinated Class of Notes for such Class C Notes to (B) the
Required Subordinated Amount with respect to such Subordinated Class of Notes for all Class C Notes. 

Section 4.12. Amounts to Be Treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts; Payments Received from
Derivative Counterparties for Principal; Other Deposits to Principal Funding sub-Accounts. The following deposits and payments will be made on the following dates: 

(a) Amounts to be Treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts. In addition to Available Principal Amounts
allocated to the WFCardSeries pursuant to subsection 3.01(a)(ii), the following amounts shall be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts for application in accordance with this Article IV for any Monthly
Period: 
 (i) Reallocated WFCardSeries Available Funds. WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts will include
WFCardSeries Available Funds reallocated to be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts pursuant to subsections 4.01(c) or 4.01(d). 

(ii) Dollar Payments from Derivative Counterparties for Principal. Dollar payments received under Derivative Agreements
for principal for any Tranche of Notes will be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts. 
 (iii) Shared Excess
Available Principal Amounts. Any Shared Excess Available Principal Amounts allocable to the WFCardSeries will be treated as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts for any Transfer Date. 

(iv) Other Amounts. The Terms Document for any Tranche of Notes may include additional amounts which are to be treated
as WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts for any Transfer Date. 
 (b) Payments Received from Derivative
Counterparties. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for Notes with principal payable in foreign currencies will be applied as specified in the applicable Terms Document. 

(c) Class C Reserve sub-Account. Withdrawals made from
the Class C Reserve sub-Account for any Tranche of Notes pursuant to subsection 4.23(b) will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding
sub-Account on the Transfer Date. 

  
 53 

 (d) Class D Reserve
sub-Account. Withdrawals made from the Class D Reserve sub-Account for any Tranche of Notes pursuant to subsection 4.25(b) will be deposited into the
applicable Principal Funding sub-Account on the Transfer Date. 
 (e) Receivables
Sale Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds received pursuant to subsection 4.20(c)(i) for any Tranche of Notes will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account
on the date of receipt by the Issuer. 
 Section 4.13. Withdrawals from Interest Funding Account.
Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section 4.13 with respect to any Tranche of Notes will be made from the Interest Funding sub-Account established for that Tranche only after all
allocations and reallocations have been made pursuant to Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04 and 4.07. In no event will the aggregate amount of the withdrawals from an Interest Funding sub-Account for any month be more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account. A single Tranche of Notes may be entitled to more than one of the
following withdrawals in any month. 
 (a) Withdrawals for Dollar Notes. On each Interest Payment Date (or as specified in the
applicable Terms Document) with respect to each Tranche of Dollar Notes, an amount equal to the interest due on the applicable Tranche of Notes on such Interest Payment Date (including any overdue and additional interest with respect to prior
Interest Payment Dates) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent or as otherwise provided in the applicable Terms Document. 

(b) Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with a Non-Performing Derivative Agreement
for Interest. On each Interest Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to a Tranche of foreign currency Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for
interest, the amount specified in the applicable Terms Document will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and, if so specified in the applicable Terms Document, converted to the applicable
foreign currency at the Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the Paying Agent or as otherwise provided in the applicable Terms Document. 

(c) Withdrawals for Discount Notes. On each applicable Principal Payment Date, with respect to each Tranche of Discount Notes, an
amount equal to the amount of the accretion of principal of that Tranche of Notes from the prior Principal Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Principal Payment Date, the date of issuance of that Tranche) to but excluding the applicable
Principal Payment Date will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and invested in Principal Receivables pursuant to Section 4.17. 

(d) Withdrawals for Payments to Derivative Counterparties. On each date on which a payment is required to be made to the Derivative
Counterparty under the applicable Derivative Agreement (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to any Tranche of Notes which has a Performing or non-Performing Derivative Agreement for
interest, an amount equal to the amount of the payment to be made to the Derivative Counterparty under the applicable Derivative Agreement (including any overdue payment and any additional interest 

  
 54 

 
on overdue payments) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty or as otherwise provided
in the applicable Terms Document. 
 (e) Excess Amounts. After payment in full of any Tranche of Notes, any amount remaining on
deposit in the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account will be first, allocated among and deposited to the Interest Funding sub-Account of the Tranches of Notes
in the manner, order and priority set forth in subsection 4.03(b), second, allocated among and deposited to the Principal Funding sub-Account of the Tranches of Notes in the
manner, order and priority set forth in subsection 4.11(b), and third, paid to the Issuer. 
 If the
aggregate amount available for withdrawal from an Interest Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Notes is less than all withdrawals required to be made from that Interest Funding sub-Account for that Tranche in a month, then the amounts on deposit will be withdrawn and, if payable to more than one Person, applied pro rata based on the amounts of the withdrawals required to be made.

 Section 4.14. Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account. Withdrawals made pursuant to this
Section 4.14 with respect to any Tranche of Notes will be made from the Principal Funding sub-Accounts established for that Tranche only after all allocations have been made pursuant
to Sections 4.10, 4.11 and 4.12. In no event will the amount of the withdrawal be more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account. A
single Tranche may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals with respect to any Monthly Period. 
 (a) Withdrawals for
Dollar Notes with No Derivative Agreement for Principal. On each applicable Principal Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to each Tranche of Dollar Notes which has no Derivative Agreement for principal,
an amount equal to the principal due on the applicable Tranche of Notes on the applicable Principal Payment Date will be withdrawn from such Principal Funding sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent or as
otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document. 
 (b) Withdrawals for Dollar or Foreign Currency Notes with Performing
Derivative Agreements for Principal. On each date on which a payment is required under the applicable Derivative Agreement (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to any Tranche of Notes which has a
Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, an amount equal to the amount of the payment to be made under the applicable Derivative Agreement will be withdrawn from such Principal Funding sub-Account and
paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document. The Issuer will direct the applicable Derivative Counterparty to remit its payments under the applicable Derivative Agreement to the Paying
Agent or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document. 
 (c) Withdrawals for Dollar Notes with a Non-Performing Derivative Agreement for Principal. On each applicable Principal Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to each Tranche of Dollar Notes with a
non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, the amount specified in the applicable terms 

  
 55 

 
agreement will be withdrawn from such Principal Funding sub-Account and remitted to the Paying Agent or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms
Document. 
 (d) Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with Non-Performing Derivative
Agreements for Principal. On each Principal Payment Date (or as specified in the applicable Terms Document) with respect to a Tranche of foreign currency Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative
Agreement for principal, the amount specified in the applicable Terms Document will be withdrawn from such sub-Account and, if so specified in the applicable Terms Document, converted to the applicable foreign
currency at the Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the Paying Agent or as otherwise provided by the applicable Terms Document. 
 (e)
Withdrawal of Prefunding Excess Amount. If the Issuer on any date determines with respect to any class of Class A Notes or Class B Notes that, after giving effect to all issuances, deposits, allocations, reallocations and payments
on such date, the Prefunding Excess Amount of that class is greater than zero, that amount will be withdrawn from the Principal Funding sub-Account of that class of Notes and first, allocated among and
deposited to the Principal Funding sub-Account of the Tranches of Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in subsection 4.11(b), and then, paid to the Holder of the
Transferor Interest. 
 (f) Legal Maturity Date. On the Legal Maturity Date of any Tranche, after giving effect to any deposits,
allocations, reallocations, sales of Receivables or other payments to be made on that date, amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of any Tranche of a Subordinated Class of Notes may be
applied to pay principal of that Tranche, to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of that Tranche or to make other payments as specified in the related Terms Document. 

(g) Excess Amounts. Upon payment in full of any Tranche of Notes, any remaining amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account will be first, allocated among and deposited to the Interest Funding sub-Account of the Tranches of Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in
subsection 4.03(b), second, allocated among and deposited to the Principal Funding sub-Account of the Tranches of Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in
subsection 4.11(b), and third, paid to the Issuer. 
 If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from
a Principal Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Notes is less than all withdrawals required to be made from that Principal Funding sub-Account for that Tranche in a
month, then the amounts on deposit will be withdrawn and, if payable to more than one Person, applied pro rata based on the amounts of the withdrawals required to be made. 

  
 56 

 Section 4.15. Limit on Deposits to the Principal Funding
Sub-Account of Subordinated Notes; Limit on Repayments of all Tranches.
 (a) Limit on
Deposits to the Principal Funding Sub-Account of Subordinated Notes. 

(i) No WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the Principal Funding
sub-Account of any Tranche of Class B Notes unless, following such deposit, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes is at least equal to the aggregate Class A Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class B Notes for all Outstanding Class A Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes is equal to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all other Class B Notes of the WFCardSeries
which are Outstanding after giving effect to the deposit into the Principal Funding sub-Account of such Tranche of Class B Notes and all other Class B Notes which have a targeted deposit into the
Principal Funding Account for such Monthly Period after giving effect to reductions or reallocations on such Transfer Date. 

(ii) No WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the Principal Funding
sub-Account of any Tranche of Class C Notes unless, following such deposit, (A) the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is at least equal to the Class B Unused Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes for all Outstanding Class B Notes and (B) the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is at least equal to the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all Outstanding
Class A Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is equal to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all other Class C Notes of the WFCardSeries which are Outstanding after giving effect to the
deposit into the Principal Funding sub-Account of such Tranche of Class C Notes and all other Class C Notes which have a targeted deposit into the Principal Funding Account for such Monthly Period
after giving effect to reductions or reallocations on such Transfer Date. 
 (iii) No WFCardSeries Available Principal
Amounts will be deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account of any Tranche of Class D Notes unless, following such deposit, (A) the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes is at least
equal to the Class C Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Outstanding Class C Notes, (B) the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes is at least equal to the Class B Unused Subordinated Amount of
Class D Notes for all Outstanding Class B Notes and (C) the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes is at least equal to the Class A Unused Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Outstanding Class A
Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class D Notes is equal to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all other Class D Notes of the WFCardSeries which are Outstanding after giving effect to the deposit into
the Principal Funding sub-Account of such Tranche of Class D Notes and all other Class D Notes which have a targeted deposit into the Principal Funding Account for such Monthly Period after giving
effect to reductions or reallocations on such Transfer Date. 

  
 57 

 (iv) Notwithstanding anything in the Indenture or this Indenture Supplement
to the contrary, WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts will be deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account of a Subordinated Note, if and only to the extent that (A) such deposit is not contrary to
clause (a)(i), (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) above, and (B) the Prefunding Target Amount for each Senior Class of Notes is zero. 

(v) This subsection 4.15(a) shall not prevent deposits to the Principal Funding
sub-Account of a Tranche of Subordinated Notes on the Legal Maturity Date of such Tranche (or, if the Legal Maturity Date of such Tranche is not a Distribution Date, on the Distribution Date immediately
preceding such Legal Maturity Date). 
 (b) Limit on Repayments of all Tranches. No amounts on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes will be applied to pay principal of that Tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of that Tranche in
excess of the highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that Tranche (or, in the case of foreign currency notes, such other amount that may be specified in the related Terms Document). In the case of any Tranche of Class C Notes, no
amounts on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account or, if applicable, a Class C Reserve sub-Account for any such Tranche will be applied to pay principal of that
Tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of that Tranche in excess of the highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that Tranche (or, in the case of foreign currency notes, such other amount that may
be specified in the related Terms Document). In the case of any Tranche of Class D Notes, no amounts on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account or, if applicable, a Class D Reserve sub-Account for any such Tranche will be applied to pay principal of that Tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of that Tranche in excess of the highest Outstanding
Dollar Principal Amount of that Tranche (or, in the case of foreign currency notes, such other amount that may be specified in the related Terms Document). 

Section 4.16. Calculation of Nominal Liquidation Amount. On or prior to each Transfer Date, the Issuer shall
calculate the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each Tranche of Outstanding Notes in the WFCardSeries which shall be the following amount: 

(a) as of the date of issuance of such Tranche of Notes, the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Tranche of Notes; and 

(b) thereafter, the sum of, without duplication: 

(i) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche of Notes immediately after the prior date of determination; plus 

(ii) with respect to any Tranche of Discount Notes, the aggregate amount of any accretions of principal on that Tranche paid to
the Issuer for investment in Principal Receivables pursuant to subsection 4.17(a) since the prior date of determination; plus 

  
 58 

 (iii) the aggregate amount withdrawn from the Principal Funding sub-Account pursuant to subsection 4.14(e) for such Tranche since the prior date of determination; plus 

(iv) such Tranche’s allocable share of all reimbursements of its Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit pursuant to
subsection 4.01(d) since the prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 4.06; minus 

(v) such Tranche’s allocable share of all reallocations of WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts pursuant to
Section 4.07 since the prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 4.09; minus 

(vi) the amount of the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such Tranche resulting from an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs since the prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 4.05; minus 

(vii) the amount deposited in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account for such
Tranche (after giving effect to any deposits, allocations, reallocations or withdrawals to be made on that day) since the prior date of determination; 

provided, however, that (1) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a Tranche of Notes may never be less than zero, (2) the Nominal
Liquidation Amount of any Tranche of Notes may never be greater than the Outstanding principal amount of such Tranche and (3) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Tranche of Notes that has caused a sale of Receivables pursuant to
Section 4.20 will be zero. 
 The Nominal Liquidation Amount for the WFCardSeries will be the sum of the Nominal
Liquidation Amounts of all of the Tranches of Notes of the WFCardSeries. 
 Section 4.17. Reinvestment in
Principal Receivables. 
 (a) The amount of principal accreted on any Tranche of Discount Notes available pursuant to
subsection 4.13(c) will be paid to the Issuer to be reinvested in Principal Receivables. 
 (b) The portion
of the Prefunding Excess Amount, if any, withdrawn from the Principal Funding Account and paid to the Issuer pursuant to subsection 4.14(e) will be reinvested in Principal Receivables. 

Section 4.18. Netting of Deposits and Payments. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may make or cause to be
made all deposits to Interest Funding sub-Accounts and Principal Funding sub-Accounts pursuant to Sections 4.02 and 4.10 with respect to
any Monthly Period net of, and after giving effect to, (a) all reallocations to be made pursuant to Section 4.07, (b) all payments to be made to Derivative Counterparties pursuant to
Sections 4.13 and 4.14, (c) 

  
 59 

 
all reinvestments in Principal Receivables to be made pursuant to Section 4.17 and (d) all payments to the Issuer pursuant to
subsection 4.07(i). 
 Section 4.19. Pro rata Payments within a
Tranche. All payments of principal, interest or other amounts to Holders of the Notes of a single Tranche will be made pro rata based on the Stated Principal Amount of their Notes. 

Section 4.20. Sale of Receivables for Accelerated Notes or on a Legal Maturity Date. 

(a) (i) If a Tranche of Notes has been accelerated pursuant to Section 7.02 of the Indenture following an
Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee may, and at the direction of not less than 66 2/3% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that Tranche of Notes will, cause the Issuer to sell, and the Issuer does hereby agree to sell at such time,
Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) in an amount up to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the affected Tranche plus any accrued, past due and additional interest on the affected Tranche. 

(ii) Such a sale will be permitted only if at least one of the following conditions is met: 

(A) the Holders of 90% of the aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the accelerated Tranche of Notes consent; or

 (B) the net proceeds of such sale (plus amounts on deposit in the applicable
sub-Accounts and payments to be received from any applicable Derivative Agreement) would be sufficient to pay all amounts due on the accelerated Tranche of Notes; or 

(C) if the Indenture Trustee determines that the funds to be allocated to the accelerated Notes, including
(1) WFCardSeries Available Funds and WFCardSeries Available Principal Amounts allocable to the accelerated Tranche of Notes, (2) payments to be received from any applicable Derivative Agreement and (3) amounts on deposit in the
applicable sub-Accounts, may not be sufficient on any ongoing basis to make payments on the accelerated Tranche of Notes as such payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and
payable, and 66-2/3% of the Holders of the accelerated Tranche of Notes consent to the sale. 
 (iii) In the case of an
acceleration of a Tranche of Notes of a Subordinated Class, if the provisions of Section 4.15 would prevent the payment of the accelerated Tranche of Subordinated Notes, such sale will be delayed until a level of prefunding
of the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for the Senior Classes of Notes of that series has been reached such that the amount of such accelerated Tranche is no longer required to provide subordination for the
Senior Classes of Notes. 

  
 60 

 (b) If the Nominal Liquidation Amount with respect to any Tranche of Notes is greater than
zero on its Legal Maturity Date (after giving effect to any adjustments, deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on that Legal Maturity Date), the Indenture Trustee will sell, and the Issuer does hereby agree to such sale at such time,
Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) on that Legal Maturity Date in an amount up to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the affected Tranche plus any accrued, past due and additional interest
on the affected Tranche. 
 (c) Sales proceeds received with respect to a Tranche of Notes received pursuant to clause (a) or
(b) will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer in the following priority: 
 (i) first, to be deposited in the
Principal Funding sub-Account for that Tranche of Notes, an amount up to the amount that would be necessary to increase the aggregate amount on deposit in such
sub-Account to the principal amount for such Tranche of Notes (notwithstanding any limitation in Section 4.10 to the contrary); and 

(ii) second, to be deposited in the Interest Funding sub-Account of that Tranche
of Notes, the balance of such sales proceeds. 
 (d) Any amount remaining on deposit in the Interest Funding
sub-Account for a Tranche of Notes that has caused a sale of Receivables pursuant to this Section 4.20 after final payment thereof pursuant to Section 5.04
of the Indenture will be treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds. 
 Section 4.21. Calculation of Prefunding
Target Amount. 
 (a) With respect to all Tranches of Class A Notes, the Prefunding Target Amount means the greater of the amount
computed under clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) for the applicable Monthly Period: 
 (i) The Prefunding Target Amount
for Tranches of Class A Notes with respect to Class B Notes for any day during any Monthly Period is equal to an amount, not less than zero, equal to the product of (x) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of
Class A Notes as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date) times (y) one minus a fraction (which shall not exceed one) the
numerator of which is the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Tranches of Outstanding Class B Notes (other than Tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events
in which such Tranches are to be redeemed in full in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, (B) had Events of Default in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, or (C) reached or are expected to reach their final or only
Expected Principal Payment Date in or with respect to that Monthly Period or earlier Monthly Periods) and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for all Tranches of
Class A Notes of which are Outstanding as of the end of the preceding 

  
 61 

 
Monthly Period (taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date). 

(ii) The Prefunding Target Amount for Tranches of Class A Notes with respect to Class C Notes for any day during any
Monthly Period is equal to an amount, not less than zero, equal to the product of (x) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Class A Notes as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking into consideration any
deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date) times (y) one minus a fraction (which shall not exceed one) the numerator of which is the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Tranches of
Outstanding Class C Notes (other than Tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such Tranches are to be redeemed in full in or with respect to any preceding Monthly
Period, (B) had Events of Default in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, or (C) reached or are expected to reach their final or only Expected Principal Payment Date in or with respect to that Monthly Period or earlier Monthly
Periods) and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all Tranches of Class A Notes which are Outstanding as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking
into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date). 
 (iii) The Prefunding Target
Amount for Tranches of Class A Notes with respect to Class D Notes for any day during any Monthly Period is equal to an amount, not less than zero, equal to the product of (x) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
of Class A Notes as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date) times (y) one minus a fraction (which shall not exceed one) the numerator of
which is the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Tranches of Outstanding Class D Notes (other than Tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such
Tranches are to be redeemed in full in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, (B) had Events of Default in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, or (C) reached or are expected to reach their final or only Expected
Principal Payment Date in or with respect to that Monthly Period or earlier Monthly Periods) and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of Class A
Notes which are Outstanding as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date). 

(b) With respect to all Tranches of Class B Notes, the Prefunding Target Amount means the greater of the amount computed under clause
(i) or (ii) for the applicable Monthly Period: 
 (i) The Prefunding Target Amount for Tranches of Class B Notes with respect to
Class C Notes for any day during any Monthly Period is equal to an amount, not less than zero, equal to the product of (x) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal 

  
 62 

 
Amount of Class B Notes as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date) times
(y) one minus a fraction (which shall not exceed one) the numerator of which is the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Tranches of Outstanding Class C Notes (other than Tranches which have (A) had
Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such Tranches are to be redeemed in full in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, (B) had Events of Default in or with respect to any preceding Monthly
Period, or (C) reached or are expected to reach their final or only Expected Principal Payment Date in or with respect to that Monthly Period or earlier Monthly Periods) and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Class B
Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all Tranches of Class B Notes of which are Outstanding as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related
Transfer Date). 
 (ii) The Prefunding Target Amount for Tranches of Class B Notes with respect to Class D Notes for any day
during any Monthly Period is equal to an amount, not less than zero, equal to the product of (x) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Class B Notes as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking into
consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date) times (y) one minus a fraction (which shall not exceed one) the numerator of which is the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all
Tranches of Outstanding Class D Notes (other than Tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such Tranches are to be redeemed in full in or with respect to any preceding
Monthly Period, (B) had Events of Default in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, or (C) reached or are expected to reach their final or only Expected Principal Payment Date in or with respect to that Monthly Period or earlier
Monthly Periods) and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of Class B Notes which are Outstanding as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period
(taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date). 
 (c) With respect to all Tranches of
Class C Notes, the Prefunding Target Amount means with respect to Class D Notes for any day during any Monthly Period an amount, not less than zero, equal to the product of (x) the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal
Amount of Class C Notes as of the end of the preceding Monthly Period (taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date) times (y) one minus a fraction (which shall not exceed one) the
numerator of which is the aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Tranches of Outstanding Class D Notes (other than Tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events
in which such Tranches are to be redeemed in full in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, (B) had Events of Default in or with respect to any preceding Monthly Period, or (C) reached or are expected to reach their final or only
Expected Principal Payment Date in or with respect to that Monthly Period or earlier Monthly Periods) and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of the Class C Required Subordinated Amount of Class D Notes for all Tranches of
Class C Notes which are Outstanding as of the end of the 

  
 63 

 
preceding Monthly Period (taking into consideration any deposits or withdrawals to be made on the related Transfer Date). 

(d) On any day during any Monthly Period on which the Prefunding Target Amount for any Tranche of senior notes first exceeds zero, the Issuer
will notify the Transferor, the Servicer and the Paying Agent, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.04 of the Indenture of such event. 

Section 4.22. Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account. 

(a) The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to the Class C Reserve Account with respect to each Transfer Date is an amount equal to the
sum of Class C Reserve sub-Account deposits, if any, targeted to be made for each specified Tranche of Class C Notes. The amount of any such deposit, the aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit
after giving effect to any such deposit and the circumstances that require that a deposit be made will be set forth in the Terms Document for such Tranche of Class C Notes. Unless another time is specified for making such deposits in the Terms
Document for each such Tranche of Class C Notes, these deposits will be made on each Transfer Date. 
 (b) If the amount of funds
available for a Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.01(f) is at least equal to the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by clause (a) above, then the full amount of each such deposit will be made. 

(c) If the amount of funds available for a Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.01(f) is less than the aggregate
amount of deposits targeted by clause (a) above, then the amount available will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to each Tranche of Class C Notes to the extent of its targeted deposit to the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of Class C Notes for the related Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds
Allocation Amount for all Class C Notes for the related Monthly Period that have a targeted deposit to its Class C Reserve sub-Account; provided, however, that any excess identified in
this clause (c), including in the application of this proviso, will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to each Tranche of Class C Notes which has a remaining targeted deposit to its Class C Reserve
sub-Account up to the amount of such remaining targeted deposit pro rata (based on the ratio of Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of Class C Notes for the related
Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class C Notes with a remaining targeted deposit for the related Monthly Period). 

Section 4.23. Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account. Withdrawals for any Tranche of
Class C Notes will be made from the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account as specified below. 

(a) Payments of Interest; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Interest, Accretion on Discount Notes. If the
amount on deposit in the Interest Funding sub- Account for any Tranche of Class C Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which 

  
 64 

 
withdrawals are required under Section 4.13, on the Transfer Date immediately preceding the date of such payment, an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn
from the Class C Reserve sub-Account for such Tranche and deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account for such Tranche. 

(b) Payments of Principal; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Principal. If, on and after the
earliest to occur of (i) the date on which any Tranche of Class C Notes are accelerated pursuant to Section 7.02 of the Indenture following an Event of Default with respect to such Tranche, (ii) any date on
or after the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date on which the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class C Notes plus the aggregate
amount on deposit in the Class C Reserve sub-Account for such Tranche of the Class C Notes equals or exceeds the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Class C Notes and (iii) the
Legal Maturity Date for any Tranche of Class C Notes, the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for any Tranche of Class C Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which
withdrawals are required under Section 4.14, an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn from that Class C Reserve sub-Account for such Tranche and deposited into that
Principal Funding sub-Account on the Transfer Date before the date of the applicable withdrawal required pursuant to Section 4.14. 

(c) Withdrawal of Excess Amounts. If on any Transfer Date with respect to which no Class C Notes have been accelerated, the
aggregate amount on deposit in the Class C Reserve Account exceeds the amount required to be on deposit in the Class C Reserve Account, the amount of such excess will be withdrawn from the Class C Reserve Account and first,
allocated among and deposited to the Class C Reserve sub-Account of the Tranches of Class C Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in subsection 4.22(c), and
then, any excess shall be applied in accordance with subsections 4.01(g) through 4.01(j). Upon payment in full of any Tranche of Class C Notes, any amount on deposit in the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account will be applied in accordance with the preceding sentence. 

Section 4.24. Targeted Deposits to the Class D Reserve Account. 

(a) The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to the Class D Reserve Account with respect to each Transfer Date is an amount equal to the
sum of Class D Reserve sub-Account deposits, if any, targeted to be made for each specified Tranche of Class D Notes. The amount of any such deposit, the aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit
after giving effect to any such deposit and the circumstances that require that a deposit be made will be set forth in the Terms Document for such Tranche of Class D Notes. Unless another time is specified for making such deposits in the Terms
Document for each such Tranche of Class D Notes, these deposits will be made on each Transfer Date. 
 (b) If the amount of funds
available for a Transfer Date pursuant to subsection 4.01(g) is at least equal to the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by clause (a) above, then the full amount of each such deposit will be made.  

  
 65 

 (c) If the amount of funds available for a Transfer Date pursuant to subsection
4.01(g) is less than the aggregate amount of deposits targeted by clause (a) above, then the amount available will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to each Tranche of Class D Notes to the extent of its targeted deposit to the
applicable Class D Reserve sub-Account pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of Class D Notes for the related Monthly Period to the
Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class D Notes for the related Monthly Period that have a targeted deposit to its Class D Reserve sub-Account; provided, however, that any
excess identified in this clause (c), including in the application of this proviso, will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to each Tranche of Class D Notes which has a remaining targeted deposit to its Class D Reserve sub-Account up to the amount of such remaining targeted deposit pro rata (based on the ratio of Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such Tranche of Class D Notes for the related Monthly
Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Class D Notes with a remaining targeted deposit for the related Monthly Period). 

Section 4.25. Withdrawals from the Class D Reserve Account. Withdrawals for any Tranche of
Class D Notes will be made from the applicable Class D Reserve sub-Account as specified below. 

(a) Payments of Interest; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Interest, Accretion on Discount Notes. If the amount on deposit
in the Interest Funding sub- Account for any Tranche of Class D Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required under Section 4.13, on the
Transfer Date immediately preceding the date of such payment, an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn from the Class D Reserve sub-Account for such Tranche and deposited into the Interest
Funding sub-Account for such Tranche. 
 (b) Payments of Principal; Payments with Respect to
Derivative Agreements for Principal. If, on and after the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which any Tranche of Class D Notes are accelerated pursuant to Section 7.02 of the Indenture following an Event of
Default with respect to such Tranche, (ii) any date on or after the Transfer Date immediately preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date on which the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding
sub-Account for any Tranche of Class D Notes plus the aggregate amount on deposit in the Class D Reserve sub-Account for such Tranche of the Class D Notes
equals or exceeds the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Class D Notes and (iii) the Legal Maturity Date for any Tranche of Class D Notes, the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding
sub-Account for any Tranche of Class D Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required under Section 4.14, an amount equal to that deficiency
will be withdrawn from that Class D Reserve sub-Account for such Tranche and deposited into that Principal Funding sub-Account on the Transfer Date before the date
of the applicable withdrawal required pursuant to Section 4.14. 
 (c) Withdrawal of Excess Amounts. If on any
Transfer Date with respect to which no Class D Notes have been accelerated, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Class D Reserve Account exceeds the amount required to be on deposit in the Class D Reserve Account, the amount of such
excess will be withdrawn from the Class D Reserve Account and first, 

  
 66 

 
allocated among and deposited to the Class D Reserve sub-Account of the Tranches of Class D Notes in the manner, order and priority set forth in
subsection 4.24(c), and then, any excess shall be applied in accordance with subsections 4.01(h) though 4.01(j). Upon payment in full of any Tranche of Class D Notes, any amount on deposit in the applicable Class D
Reserve sub-Account will be applied in accordance with the preceding sentence. 

Section 4.26. Targeted Deposits to the Accumulation Reserve
sub-Accounts. 
 (a) The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to the Accumulation Reserve sub-Accounts with respect to each Monthly Period is an amount equal to the sum of Accumulation Reserve sub-Account deposits, if any, targeted to be made for each specified
Tranche of Notes. The amount of any such deposit, the aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit after giving effect to any such deposit and the circumstances that require that a deposit be made will be set forth in the Terms Document for such
Tranche of Notes. Unless another time is specified for making such deposits in the Terms Document for each such Tranche of Notes, these deposits will be made on each Transfer Date. 

(b) If the amount of funds available for a Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(e) is at least equal to the
aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by clause (a) above, then the full amount of each such deposit will be made. 
 (c) If the
amount of funds available for a Monthly Period pursuant to subsection 4.01(e) is less than the aggregate amount of deposits targeted by clause (a) above, then the amount available will be caused to be allocated by the
Issuer to each Tranche of Notes to the extent of its targeted deposit to the applicable Accumulation Reserve sub-Account pro rata based on the ratio of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation
Amount for such Tranche of Notes for such Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Tranches of Notes that have a targeted deposit to its Accumulation Reserve sub-Account
for such Monthly Period; provided, however, that any excess identified in this clause (c), including in the application of this proviso, will be caused to be allocated by the Issuer to each Tranche of Notes which has a remaining
targeted deposit to its Accumulation Reserve sub-Account up to the amount of such remaining targeted deposit pro rata based on the ratio of Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for such
Tranche of Notes for such Monthly Period to the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for all Tranches of Notes with a remaining targeted deposit for such Monthly Period. 

Section 4.27. Withdrawals from the Accumulation Reserve sub-Accounts.
Withdrawals for any Tranche of Notes will be made from the applicable Accumulation Reserve sub-Account as specified below. 

(a) Interest. On or prior to each Transfer Date, the Issuer will calculate the PFA Accumulation Earnings Shortfall (if any) for the
Principal Funding sub-Account for each Tranche of Notes. If there is any PFA Accumulation Earnings Shortfall for any Principal Funding sub-Account for that Transfer Date for any Tranche of Notes, the Issuer will cause to be withdrawn such amount
from the applicable Accumulation Reserve sub-Account, to the extent available, for treatment as WFCardSeries Available Funds for such Monthly Period. 

  
 67 

 (b) Payment to Issuer. If on any Transfer Date the aggregate amount on deposit in the
Accumulation Reserve Account exceeds the amount required to be on deposit in the Accumulation Reserve Account, the amount of such excess will be withdrawn from the Accumulation Reserve Account and paid to the Issuer. 

Section 4.28. Computation of Interest. 

(a) Unless otherwise provided as contemplated in Section 3.01 of the Indenture, (i) interest on the Notes
computed at a fixed rate will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and (ii) interest on Notes computed on the basis of a floating or
periodic rate will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. 

(b) Unless otherwise specified in this Indenture Supplement or the applicable Terms Document, interest for any period will be calculated from
and including the first day of such period, to but excluding the last day of such period. 
 Section 4.29.
Excess Available Funds Sharing. 
 (a) Shared Excess Available Funds allocable to the WFCardSeries on any Transfer Date shall be
treated as WFCardSeries Available Funds for such Transfer Date. 
 (b) Shared Excess Available Funds allocable to the WFCardSeries with
respect to any Transfer Date shall mean an amount equal to the Series Available Funds Shortfall, if any, with respect to the WFCardSeries for such Transfer Date; provided, however, that if the aggregate amount of Shared Excess
Available Funds for all Excess Available Funds Sharing Series in Excess Available Funds Sharing Group One for such Transfer Date is less than the Aggregate Series Available Funds Shortfall for such Transfer Date, then Shared Excess
Available Funds allocable to the WFCardSeries on such Transfer Date shall equal the product of (i) Shared Excess Available Funds for all Excess Available Funds Sharing Series in Excess Available Funds Sharing Group One for such Transfer
Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Series Available Funds Shortfall with respect to the WFCardSeries for such Transfer Date and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Series Available Funds Shortfall for all
Excess Available Funds Sharing Series in Excess Available Funds Sharing Group One for such Transfer Date. 

Section 4.30. Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing. 

(a) Shared Excess Available Principal Amounts allocable to the WFCardSeries on any Transfer Date shall be treated as WFCardSeries Available
Principal Amounts for such Transfer Date. 
 (b) Shared Excess Available Principal Amounts allocable to the WFCardSeries with respect to any
Transfer Date shall mean an amount equal to the Series Available Principal Amounts Shortfall, if any, with respect to the WFCardSeries for such Transfer Date; provided, however, that if the aggregate amount of Shared Excess Available

  
 68 

 
Principal Amounts for all Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Series in Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One for such Transfer Date is less than the Aggregate Series
Available Principal Amount Shortfall for such Transfer Date, then Shared Excess Available Principal Amounts allocable to the WFCardSeries on such Transfer Date shall equal the product of (i) Shared Excess Available Principal Amounts for all
Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Series in Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One for such Transfer Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Series Available Principal Amount Shortfall with respect to the
WFCardSeries for such Transfer Date and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Series Available Principal Amounts Shortfall for all Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Series in Excess Available Principal Amounts Sharing Group One for such
Transfer Date. 

  
 69 

 ARTICLE V 

EARLY REDEMPTION OF NOTES 

Section 5.01. Early Redemption Events. In addition to the events identified as Early Redemption Events in
Section 12.01 of the Indenture, the following events shall constitute a “Series Early Redemption Event” with respect to the WFCardSeries Notes: 

(a) for any month the amount of Excess Available Funds averaged over the three preceding Monthly Periods is less than the Required Excess
Available Funds for such month; 
 (b) failure on the part of the Transferor (i) to make any payment or deposit required by the terms
of the Transfer Agreement, on or before the date occurring five days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made or (ii) duly to observe or perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements of the Transferor set
forth in the Transfer Agreement, which failure has a material adverse effect on the WFCardSeries Noteholders and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be
remedied, shall have been given to the Transferor by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, or to the Transferor, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the WFCardSeries Noteholders evidencing, in the aggregate, not less than 50% of the Nominal
Liquidation Amount of this WFCardSeries, and continues to affect materially and adversely the interests of the WFCardSeries Noteholders for such period; 

(c) any representation or warranty made by the Transferor in the Transfer Agreement, or any information contained in a computer file required
to be delivered by the Transferor pursuant to Sections 2.01 or 2.06 of the Transfer Agreement (i) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be
incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Transferor by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee, or to the
Transferor, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee by the WFCardSeries Noteholders evidencing, in the aggregate, not less than 50% of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of this WFCardSeries, and (ii) as a result of which the interests of the
WFCardSeries Noteholders are materially and adversely affected and continue to be materially and adversely affected for such period; provided, however, that a Series Early Redemption Event pursuant to this
Section 5.01 hereof shall not be deemed to have occurred hereunder if the Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Receivable, or all of such Receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance with the
provisions of the Transfer Agreement; 
 (d) the Transferor shall fail to convey Receivables arising under Additional Accounts, or
Participations, to the Issuer, as required by subsection 2.06(a) of the Transfer Agreement; or 
 (e) any Servicer
Default shall occur which would have a material adverse effect on the WFCardSeries Noteholders; 

  
 70 

 
then, in the case of any event described in subsections 5.01(b), (c) or (e) hereof, after the applicable grace period set forth in such subparagraphs,
if any, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or WFCardSeries Noteholders evidencing, in the aggregate, not less than 66 2/3% of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of this WFCardSeries by notice then given in writing to the Transferor (and to the Issuer and
the Indenture Trustee if given by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or WFCardSeries Noteholders) may declare that a Series Early Redemption Event has occurred as of the date of such notice, and in the case of any event described in subsections
5.01(a) or (d) hereof, a Series Early Redemption Event shall occur without any notice or other action on the part of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or WFCardSeries Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event. 

In addition, the Terms Document for any Tranche of Notes may list additional events which are “Early Redemption Events” with respect
to such Tranche of Notes. 

  
 71 

 ARTICLE VI 

ACCOUNTS AND INVESTMENTS 

Section 6.01. Accounts. 

(a) On or before the Closing Date, the Issuer will cause to be established and maintained with the Paying Agent five Qualified Trust Accounts
denominated as follows: the “Interest Funding Account,” the “Principal Funding Account,” the “Accumulation Reserve Account,” the “Class C Reserve Account” and the
“Class D Reserve Account” in the name of the Indenture Trustee, bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the WFCardSeries Noteholders (or, in the case
of the Class C Reserve Account, for the benefit of the Class C Noteholders, or, in the case of the Class D Reserve Account, for the benefit of the Class D Noteholders). The Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account,
the Accumulation Reserve Account, the Class C Reserve Account and the Class D Reserve Account constitute Supplemental Accounts and shall be under the “control” (as defined in §§
9-104 or 9-106 of the UCC, as applicable) of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the WFCardSeries Noteholders (or, in the case of the Class C Reserve Account,
for the benefit of the Class C Noteholders). If, at any time, the institution holding either the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Accumulation Reserve Account, the Class C Reserve Account or the Class D
Reserve Account ceases to be a Qualified Institution, the Issuer will within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days, as to which the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied) establish a new
Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account, Accumulation Reserve Account, Class C Reserve Account or Class D Reserve Account, as the case may be, that is a Qualified Trust Account and shall transfer any cash and/or investments to
such new Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account, Accumulation Reserve Account, Class C Reserve Account or Class D Reserve Account, as the case may be. From the date such new Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account,
Accumulation Reserve Account or Class C Reserve Account is established, it will be the “Interest Funding Account,” “Principal Funding Account,” “Accumulation Reserve Account,”
“Class C Reserve Account” or “Class D Reserve Account,” as the case may be. Each Tranche of Notes will have its own sub-Account within
the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Accumulation Reserve Account, with respect to the Class C Notes, the Class C Reserve Account and, with respect to the Class D Notes, the Class D Reserve Account,
each of which will be referred to as an “Interest Funding sub-Account,” a “Principal Funding sub-Account,” an “Accumulation
Reserve sub-Account,” a “Class C Reserve sub-Account” or a “Class D Reserve sub-Account,” respectively. The Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Accumulation Reserve Account, the Class C Reserve Account and the Class D Reserve Account will receive
deposits pursuant to Article IV. 
 (b) Notwithstanding any provision of
subsection 4.03(a) of the Indenture to the contrary, the Issuer shall cause any prefunded amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account to be invested in Permitted Investments that will mature no later than the
following Business Day. 

  
 72 

 (c) All payments to be made from time to time by the Paying Agent to Noteholders out of
funds in the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Collection Account, the Accumulation Reserve Account, the Class C Reserve Account or the Class D Reserve Account pursuant to this Indenture Supplement will be made
by the Paying Agent not later than 12:00 noon on the applicable Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date (or as otherwise provided in Article IV) but only to the extent of available funds in the applicable sub-Account. For the avoidance of doubt, the Paying Agent shall make such payments based solely upon written instructions furnished to the Paying Agent by the Issuer. 

(d) On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date on
funds on deposit in the Class C Reserve Account will be retained in the Class C Reserve Account, to the extent that the sum of the amount on deposit in the Class C Reserve Account with respect to the related Monthly Period is less
than the required balance (pursuant to Section 4.22) for the Class C Reserve Account for that Monthly Period, and the excess, if any, will be paid to the Issuer. 

(e) On each Transfer Date, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) accrued since the preceding Transfer Date on
funds on deposit in the Class D Reserve Account will be retained in the Class D Reserve Account, to the extent that the sum of the amount on deposit in the Class D Reserve Account with respect to the related Monthly Period is less
than the required balance (pursuant to Section 4.24) for the Class D Reserve Account for that Monthly Period, and the excess, if any, will be paid to the Issuer. 

  
 73 

 ARTICLE VII 

SERVICING COMPENSATION 

Section 7.01. Servicing Compensation. The share of the Investor Servicing Fee allocable to the WFCardSeries
with respect to any Transfer Date shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the WFCardSeries Servicing Fee Percentage and (ii) the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the
WFCardSeries for the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Transfer Date (the “WFCardSeries Servicing Fee”). So long as WFBNA is the Servicer, a portion of the WFCardSeries Servicing Fee will be paid exclusively from Servicer
Interchange. Servicer Interchange will be paid to the Servicer pursuant to subsection 4.01(b)(i). Should the Servicer Interchange on deposit in the Collection Account on any Transfer Date with respect to the related Monthly Period be less
than one-twelfth of 0.75% of the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation Amount for the WFCardSeries for such Monthly Period, the WFCardSeries Servicing Fee with respect to such Monthly Period will not be
paid to the extent of such insufficiency of Servicer Interchange. In addition to the Servicer Interchange, the portion of the WFCardSeries Servicing Fee that is allocable to the WFCardSeries with respect to any Transfer Date (the
“WFCardSeries Net Servicing Fee”) shall be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the WFCardSeries Net Servicing Fee Rate and (ii) the Weighted Average Available Funds Allocation
Amount for WFCardSeries for the immediately preceding Monthly Period. The WFCardSeries Net Servicing Fee will be paid to the Servicer pursuant to subsection 4.01(b)(ii). Except as specifically provided above, the Servicing Fee shall be paid
by the cash flows from the Collateral allocated to the Transferor or the Noteholders of other Series (as provided in the related Indenture Supplements) and in no event shall the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar or
the WFCardSeries Noteholders be liable therefor. The WFCardSeries Net Servicing Fee shall be payable to the Servicer solely to the extent amounts are available for distribution in respect thereof. 

  
 74 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture Supplement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
	
	 By: WF CARD FUNDING, LLC, as

  Beneficiary and not in its individual capacity

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as Paying Agent and as Note Registrar
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Indenture Trustee and not in its individual capacity
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	Acknowledged and Accepted by:
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as, Servicer
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title: 

  
 [Signature Page to
Indenture Supplement] 

 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT 

EXHIBIT A-1 

[FORM OF] CLASS A NOTE 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND
AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME INSTITUTE AGAINST THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER, OR JOIN IN ANY INSTITUTION AGAINST THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER, OF, ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS UNDER ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE
BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES OR THE INDENTURE. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY THE ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE TRANSFEROR FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND
FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS
NOTE COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IF IT IS PURCHASING THIS NOTE ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT IT WILL BE DEEMED TO CERTIFY THAT THE PURCHASE AND SUBSEQUENT HOLDING OF THE NOTE WOULD NOT CAUSE A NONEXEMPT
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. 

[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE 
  

  
 A-1-1 

 
EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.]1 
  

	1 	 Using such legend or a legend the substance of which is not inconsistent with such legend.

  

  
 A-1-2 

			
	REGISTERED	  	up to $____________*
	No. ___	  	CUSIP NO. ___________

 WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST 

[Floating Rate] 
 WFCardSeries CLASS
A NOTE 
 WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the
“Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, subject to the following provisions, a principal sum of _____________ payable on the ______________ ____ Payment Date (the
“Expected Principal Payment Date”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture (as defined on the reverse hereof); provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and
payable on the ___________ ____ Payment Date (the “Legal Maturity Date”). Interest will accrue on this Note [from the date of its issuance] at the rate of ___________, as more specifically set forth in the Class ____ Terms Document
dated _____ __, 20__ (the “Terms Document”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and shall be due and payable on each Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year [of twelve 30-day months] [and the actual number of days elapsed in each interest period]. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the
manner specified on the reverse hereof. 
 The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United
States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then
to the unpaid principal of this Note. 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which
shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note. 
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been
executed by the Note Registrar whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 

 

	* 	 Denominations of $[5,000] and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

 

  
 A-1-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in facsimile, by its
authorized representative. 
  

			
	WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as Issuer
	
	 By: WF CARD FUNDING LLC, as Beneficiary and not in its individual
capacity

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	Date: _______________ __, ____

  

  
 A-1-4 

 NOTE REGISTRAR’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as
Note Registrar

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	Date: ________________ __, ____

  

  
 A-1-5 

 [REVERSE OF NOTE] 

This Note is one of the Notes of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its “WFCardSeries
Class A Notes,” all issued under an Indenture dated as of [________ __, ____] (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”) and as Note Registrar (the “Note Registrar”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as indenture trustee (the
“Indenture Trustee”), which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture), as acknowledged and accepted by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as servicer (the “Servicer”) as supplemented by
a WFCardSeries Indenture Supplement dated as of [________ __, ____] (the “Indenture Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, and the Indenture Trustee, as acknowledged and accepted by the Servicer, to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended. 

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below, this Note is qualified in its entirety by the terms and
provisions of the Indenture and reference is made to that Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee.

 The Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes will also be issued under the Indenture. 

The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture. 

Principal of this Note will be payable on the Expected Principal Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof, subject to the
provisions of the Indenture. 
 As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Legal
Maturity Date. 
 On any day occurring on or after the date on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Tranche of Notes is
reduced to less than [5]% of its Initial Dollar Principal Amount, the Transferor (if the Transferor is the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer) has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem such Tranche of Notes in whole but not in part,
pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture. The redemption price will be an amount equal to the Outstanding principal amount of such Tranche, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such Tranche
to but excluding the date of redemption.  
  

  
 A-1-6 

 Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Beneficiary, on behalf of the
Issuer, may from time to time issue, or direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue, one or more series, classes or Tranches of Notes. 

On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Holder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution
with respect to this Note) such Holder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A Notes. Final payments of this Note will be
made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or offices therein specified. 
 [Payments of interest on this Note due
and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by wire transfer mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Noteholder of this Note
(or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the clearing agency (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such Person’s account as has been designated by written instructions received by the Paying Agent from such Person not later than the close of
business on the third Business Day preceding the date of payment, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available
funds to the account designated by such nominee. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of
any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid
principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Note Registrar, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Noteholder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed
within [five] days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Note Registrar’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Note
Registrar’s agent appointed for such purposes. On any payment of interest or principal being made, details of such payment shall be entered by the Paying Agent on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto. 

[As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note
Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and
the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city
in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Issuer or the Note Registrar may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the
same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the 
  

  
 A-1-7 

 
designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.] 
 Each
Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that it will not at any time institute against WFBNA, WF Card
Funding, LLC or the Issuer, or join in any institution against WFBNA, WF Card Funding, LLC, or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or any Derivative Agreement. 

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Note Registrar and any agent of the Issuer or the Note
Registrar may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and
neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 The term
“Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture. 
 The Issuer is permitted by the
Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture. 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set
forth. 
 THIS NOTE AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, THE INDENTURE, OR THE
INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES, AND/OR THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OTHER
THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. 
 No reference herein to the Indenture
and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency
herein prescribed. 
 No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under
the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any 

 

  
 A-1-8 

 
owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder
of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Owner Trustee has no such
obligations in its individual capacity). The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder
shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for
any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note. 
  

  
 A-1-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee 
  

 
 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby
sells, assigns and transfers unto 
 (name and address of assignee) 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration
thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises. 
  

					
	Dated:
                                         
                               	  	                                      
                                   *	  	
		  	                    Signature Guaranteed:	  	

  
  

	*	 NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on
the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. 

  
 A-1-10 

 SCHEDULE A 

PART I 

INTEREST PAYMENTS 
  

																	
	 Interest Payment Date
	  	Date of Payment	 	  	Total Amount of
Interest Payable	 	  	Amount of
Interest Paid	 	  	Confirmation of
payment by or on
behalf of the
Issuer	 
	 First
	  				  				  				  			
		  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 
	 Second
	  				  				  				  			
		  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 

 [continue numbering until the appropriate number of interest payment dates for the Notes is reached] 

  
 A-1-11 

 PART II 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS 
  

													
	 Date of Payment
	  	Total Amount Payable	 	  	Total Amount Paid	 	  	Confirmation of payment by
or on behalf of the Issuer	 
		  				  				  			
	  
	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 
		  				  				  			
	  
	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 

  

													
	 Date of Payment
	  	Total Amount Payable	 	  	Total Amount Paid	 	  	Confirmation of payment by
or on behalf of the Issuer	 
		  				  				  			
	  
	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 
		  				  				  			
	  
	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 	  	  
	  
	 

 [continue numbering until the appropriate number of installment dates for the Notes is reached] 

  
 A-1-12 

 EXHIBIT A-2 

[FORM OF] CLASS B NOTE 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND
AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME INSTITUTE AGAINST THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER, OR JOIN IN ANY INSTITUTION AGAINST THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER, OF, ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS UNDER ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE
BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES OR THE INDENTURE. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY THE ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE TRANSFEROR FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND
FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS
NOTE COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IF IT IS PURCHASING THIS NOTE ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT IT WILL BE DEEMED TO CERTIFY THAT THE PURCHASE AND SUBSEQUENT HOLDING OF THE NOTE WOULD NOT CAUSE A NONEXEMPT
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. 

[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS 

  
 A-2-1 

 
NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.]2 

 

	2 	 Using such legend or a legend the substance of which is not inconsistent with such legend.

  
 A-2-2 

			
	REGISTERED	  	up to $____________*
	NO.         	  	CUSIP NO. ___________

 WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST 

[FLOATING RATE] 

WFCardSeries CLASS B NOTE 
 WF
CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, subject to the
following provisions, a principal sum of _____________ payable on the ______________ ____ Payment Date (the “Expected Principal Payment Date”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture (as defined on the reverse
hereof); provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the ___________ ____ Payment Date (the “Legal Maturity Date”). Interest will accrue on this Note [from the
date of its issuance] at the rate of ___________, as more specifically set forth in the Class ____ Terms Document dated _____ __, 20__ (the “Terms Document”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and shall be due and
payable on each Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [of twelve 30-day months] [and the actual number of days elapsed in each
interest period]. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof. 
 The principal
of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be
applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note. 
 Reference is made
to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note. 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Note Registrar whose name appears below by manual signature, this
Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 
  

 

	*	 Denominations of $[5,000] and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 A-2-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in
facsimile, by its authorized representative. 
  

			
	WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as Issuer
		
	By:	 	WF CARD FUNDING, LLC, as Beneficiary and not in its individual capacity
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	Date:	 	_______________ __, ____

  
 A-2-4 

 NOTE REGISTRAR’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Note Registrar
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	Date:	 	_______________ __, ____

  
 A-2-5 

 [REVERSE OF NOTE] 

This Note is one of the Notes of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its “WFCardSeries
Class B Notes,” all issued under an Indenture dated as of [________ __, ____] (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”) and as Note Registrar (the “Note Registrar”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as indenture trustee (the
“Indenture Trustee”), which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture), as acknowledged and accepted by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as servicer (the “Servicer”), as supplemented
by a WFCardSeries Indenture Supplement dated as of [________ __, ____] (the “Indenture Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, and the Indenture Trustee, as acknowledged and accepted by the Servicer, to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. All terms used in this Note that
are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended. 

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below, this Note is qualified in its entirety by the terms and
provisions of the Indenture and reference is made to that Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee.

 The Class A Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes will also be issued under the Indenture. 

The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture. 

Principal of this Note will be payable on the Expected Principal Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof, subject to the
provisions of the Indenture. 
 As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Legal
Maturity Date. 
 On any day occurring on or after the date on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Tranche of Notes is
reduced to less than [5]% of its Initial Dollar Principal Amount, the Transferor (if the Transferor is the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer) has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem such Tranche of Notes in whole but not in part,
pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture. The redemption price will be an amount equal to the Outstanding principal amount of such Tranche, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such Tranche
to but excluding the date of redemption. 

  
 A-2-6 

 Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Beneficiary, on behalf of the
Issuer, may from time to time issue, or direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue, one or more series, classes or Tranches of Notes. 

On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Holder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution
with respect to this Note) such Holder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Class B Notes. Final payments of this Note will be
made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or offices therein specified. 
 [Payments of interest on this Note due
and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by wire transfer mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Noteholder of this Note
(or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the clearing agency (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such Person’s account as has been designated by written instructions received by the Paying Agent from such Person not later than the close of
business on the third Business Day preceding the date of payment, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available
funds to the account designated by such nominee. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of
any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid
principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Note Registrar, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Noteholder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed
within [five] days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Note Registrar’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Note
Registrar’s agent appointed for such purposes. On any payment of interest or principal being made, details of such payment shall be entered by the Paying Agent on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto. 

[As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note
Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and
the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city
in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Issuer or the Note Registrar may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the
same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the 

  
 A-2-7 

 
designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.] 
 Each
Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that it will not at any time institute against WFBNA, WF Card
Funding, LLC or the Issuer, or join in any institution against WFBNA, WF Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or any Derivative Agreement. 

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Note Registrar and any agent of the Issuer or the Note
Registrar may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and
neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 The term
“Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture. 
 The Issuer is permitted by the
Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture. 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set
forth. 
 THIS NOTE AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, THE INDENTURE, OR THE
INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES, AND/OR THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OTHER
THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. 
 No reference herein to the Indenture
and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency
herein prescribed. 
 No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under
the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any 

  
 A-2-8 

 
owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a
beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Owner Trustee has no such
obligations in its individual capacity). The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder
shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all
liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note. 

  
 A-2-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee 
  

	
	 

 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto 

(name and address of assignee) 
 the within Note and all rights
thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises. 

 

									
	Dated:	 	   
	 		 	   
	 	*
		 		 		 	Signature Guaranteed:	 	

  
  

	*	 NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on
the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. 

  
 A-2-10 

 SCHEDULE A 

PART I 

INTEREST PAYMENTS 
  

									
	 Interest Payment

Date
	 	 Date of Payment
	 	 Total Amount of Interest
Payable
	 	 Amount of

Interest Paid
	 	 Confirmation of

payment by or on
 behalf of the

Issuer

	 First
	 		 		 		 	
		 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Second
	 		 		 		 	
		 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

 [continue numbering until the appropriate number of interest payment dates for the Notes is reached] 

  
 A-2-11 

 PART II 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS 
  

							
	 Date of Payment
	 	 Total Amount Payable
	 	 Total Amount Paid
	 	 Confirmation of payment by

or on behalf of the Issuer

		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

		 		 		 	

  

							
	 Date of Payment
	 	 Total Amount Payable
	 	 Total Amount Paid
	 	 Confirmation of payment by

or on behalf of the Issuer

		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

		 		 		 	

 [continue numbering until the appropriate number of installment dates for the Notes is reached] 

  
 A-2-12 

 EXHIBIT A-3 

[FORM OF] CLASS C NOTE 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND
AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME INSTITUTE AGAINST THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER, OR JOIN IN ANY INSTITUTION AGAINST THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER, OF, ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS UNDER ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE
BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES OR THE INDENTURE. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY THE ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE TRANSFEROR FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND
FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS
NOTE COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IF IT IS PURCHASING THIS NOTE ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT IT WILL BE DEEMED TO CERTIFY THAT THE PURCHASE AND SUBSEQUENT HOLDING OF THE NOTE WOULD NOT CAUSE A NONEXEMPT
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. 

[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS 

  
 A-3-1 

 
NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.]3 

 
  

	3 	 Using such legend or a legend the substance of which is not inconsistent with such legend.

  
 A-3-2 

			
	REGISTERED	  	up to $________*
	No.	  	CUSIP NO. __________

 WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST 

[FLOATING RATE] 

WFCardSeries CLASS C NOTE 
 WF
CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, subject to the
following provisions, a principal sum of _____________ payable on the ______________ ____ Payment Date (the “Expected Principal Payment Date”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture (as defined on the reverse
hereof); provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the ___________ ____ Payment Date (the “Legal Maturity Date”). Interest will accrue on this Note [from the
date of its issuance] at the rate of ___________, as more specifically set forth in the Class ____ Terms Document dated _____ __, 20__ (the “Terms Document”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and shall be due and
payable on each Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [of twelve 30-day months] [and the actual number of days elapsed in each
interest period]. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof. 
 The principal
of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be
applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note. 
 Reference is made
to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note. 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Note Registrar whose name appears below by manual signature, this
Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 
  

 

	* 	 Denominations of $[5,000] and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 A-3-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in
facsimile, by its authorized representative. 
  

			
	WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as Issuer
		
	By:	 	WF CARD FUNDING, LLC, as Beneficiary and not in its individual capacity
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
		 	Date: __________ __, ____

  
 A-3-4 

 NOTE REGISTRAR’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as
Note Registrar

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
		 	Date: __________ __, ____

  
 A-3-5 

 [REVERSE OF NOTE] 

This Note is one of the Notes of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its “WFCardSeries
Class C Notes,” all issued under an Indenture dated as of [________ __, ____] (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”) and as Note Registrar (the “Note Registrar”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as indenture trustee (the
“Indenture Trustee”), which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture), as acknowledged and accepted by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as servicer (the “Servicer”), as supplemented
by a WFCardSeries Indenture Supplement dated as of [________ __, ____] (the “Indenture Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, and the Indenture Trustee, as acknowledged and accepted by the Servicer, to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended. 

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below, this Note is qualified in its entirety by the terms and
provisions of the Indenture and reference is made to that Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee.

 The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class D Notes will also be issued under the Indenture. 

The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture. 

Principal of this Note will be payable on the Expected Principal Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof, subject to the
provisions of the Indenture. 
 As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Legal
Maturity Date. 
 On any day occurring on or after the date on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Tranche of Notes is
reduced to less than [5]% of its Initial Dollar Principal Amount, the Transferor (if the Transferor is the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer) has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem such Tranche of Notes in whole but not in part,
pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture. The redemption price will be an amount equal to the 

  
 A-3-6 

 
Outstanding principal amount of such Tranche, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such Tranche to but excluding the date of redemption. 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Beneficiary, on behalf of the Issuer, may from time to time issue, or direct the
Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue, one or more series, classes or Tranches of Notes. 
 On each Payment Date, the Paying
Agent shall distribute to each Holder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution with respect to this Note) such Holder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on
such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Class C Notes. Final payments of this Note will be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or offices therein specified. 

[Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not
in full payment of this Note, shall be made by wire transfer mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Noteholder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date,
except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the clearing agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such
Person’s account as has been designated by written instructions received by the Paying Agent from such Person not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the date of payment, except that with respect to Notes
registered on the Record Date in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note
(or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof,
whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Note Registrar, in the name of and on behalf
of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Noteholder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed within [five] days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon
presentation and surrender of this Note at the Note Registrar’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Note Registrar’s agent appointed for such purposes. On any payment of interest or principal being made, details of
such payment shall be entered by the Paying Agent on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto. 
 [As provided in the Indenture and subject
to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly
endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial
bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust 

  
 A-3-7 

 
Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Issuer or the Note Registrar may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized
denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to
pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.] 

Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees
that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that it will not at any time institute against WFBNA, WF Card Funding, LLC or the Issuer, or join in any institution against WFBNA, WF Card Funding or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or any Derivative Agreement. 

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Note Registrar and any agent of the Issuer or the Note
Registrar may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and
neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 The term
“Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture. 
 The Issuer is permitted by the
Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture. 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set
forth. 
 THIS NOTE AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, THE INDENTURE, OR THE
INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES, AND/OR THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OTHER
THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. 
 No reference herein to the Indenture
and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency
herein prescribed. 

  
 A-3-8 

 No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the
Issuer on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer
or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Owner Trustee has no such obligations in its individual capacity). The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees
that, except as expressly provided in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom;
provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this
Note. 

  
 A-3-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee 

 
 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby
sells, assigns and transfers unto 
 (name and address of assignee) 

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration
thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises. 
  

									
	Dated:	 	   
	 		 	   
	 	*
		 		 		 	Signature Guaranteed:	 	

  
  

	* 	 NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on
the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. 

  
 A-3-10 

 SCHEDULE A 

PART I 

INTEREST PAYMENTS 
  

									
	 Interest Payment

Date
	 	 Date of Payment
	 	 Total Amount of Interest
Payable
	 	 Amount of

Interest Paid
	 	 Confirmation of

payment by or on
 behalf of the

Issuer

	 First
	 		 		 		 	
		 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Second
	 		 		 		 	
		 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

 [continue numbering until the appropriate number of interest payment dates for the Notes is reached] 

  
 A-3-11 

 PART II 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS 
  

							
	 Date of Payment
	 	 Total Amount Payable
	 	 Total Amount Paid
	 	 Confirmation of payment by

or on behalf of the Issuer

		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

		 		 		 	

  

							
	 Date of Payment
	 	 Total Amount Payable
	 	 Total Amount Paid
	 	 Confirmation of payment by

or on behalf of the Issuer

		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

		 		 		 	
	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

		 		 		 	

 [continue numbering until the appropriate number of installment dates for the Notes is reached] 

  
 A-3-12 

 EXHIBIT A-4 

[FORM OF] CLASS D NOTE 

UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE
REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF COVENANTS AND
AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT AT ANY TIME INSTITUTE AGAINST THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER, OR JOIN IN ANY INSTITUTION AGAINST THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR OR THE SERVICER, OF, ANY BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS UNDER ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE
BANKRUPTCY OR SIMILAR LAW IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO THE NOTES OR THE INDENTURE. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE, BY
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, BY THE ACQUISITION OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS OF THE TRANSFEROR FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND
FRANCHISE TAX LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON OR MEASURED BY INCOME. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS
NOTE COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IF IT IS PURCHASING THIS NOTE ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT IT WILL BE DEEMED TO CERTIFY THAT THE PURCHASE AND SUBSEQUENT HOLDING OF THE NOTE WOULD NOT CAUSE A NONEXEMPT
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, AND/OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. 

[THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR
SECURITIES LAW. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS 

  
 A-4-1 

 
NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.]4 

 
  

	4 	 Using such legend or a legend the substance of which is not inconsistent with such legend.

  
 A-4-2 

			
	 REGISTERED
 No.
	  	 up to $________*

CUSIP NO. __________

 WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST 

[FLOATING RATE] 

WFCardSeries CLASS D NOTE 
 WF
CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, subject to the
following provisions, a principal sum of _____________ payable on the ______________ ____ Payment Date (the “Expected Principal Payment Date”), except as otherwise provided below or in the Indenture (as defined on the reverse
hereof); provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the ___________ ____ Payment Date (the “Legal Maturity Date”). Interest will accrue on this Note [from the
date of its issuance] at the rate of ___________, as more specifically set forth in the Class ____ Terms Document dated _____ __, 20__ (the “Terms Document”), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, and shall be due and
payable on each Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year [of twelve 30-day months] [and the actual number of days elapsed in each
interest period]. Such principal of and interest on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof. 
 The principal
of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be
applied first to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note. 
 Reference is made
to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on the face of this Note. 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Note Registrar whose name appears below by manual signature, this
Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 

 

	* 	 Denominations of $[5,000] and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

  
 A-4-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, manually or in
facsimile, by its authorized representative. 
  

			
	WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as Issuer
		
	By:	 	WF CARD FUNDING, LLC, as Beneficiary and not in its individual capacity
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
		 	Date: __________ __, ____

  
 A-4-4 

 NOTE REGISTRAR’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as
Note Registrar

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
		 	Date: __________ __, ____

  
 A-4-5 

 [REVERSE OF NOTE] 

This Note is one of the Notes of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its “WFCardSeries
Class D Notes,” all issued under an Indenture dated as of [________ __, ____] (such indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”) and as Note Registrar (the “Note Registrar”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as indenture trustee (the
“Indenture Trustee”), which term includes any successor Indenture Trustee under the Indenture), as acknowledged and accepted by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as servicer (the “Servicer”), as supplemented
by a WFCardSeries Indenture Supplement dated as of [________ __, ____] (the “Indenture Supplement”), among the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, and the Indenture Trustee, as acknowledged and accepted by the Servicer, to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended. 

Although a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture is set forth below, this Note is qualified in its entirety by the terms and
provisions of the Indenture and reference is made to that Indenture for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds, and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Indenture Trustee.

 The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes will also be issued under the Indenture. 

The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture. 

Principal of this Note will be payable on the Expected Principal Payment Date in an amount described on the face hereof, subject to the
provisions of the Indenture. 
 As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable on the Legal
Maturity Date. 
 On any day occurring on or after the date on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Tranche of Notes is
reduced to less than [5]% of its Initial Dollar Principal Amount, the Transferor (if the Transferor is the Servicer or an Affiliate of the Servicer) has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem such Tranche of Notes in whole but not in part,
pursuant to Section 12.02 of the Indenture. The redemption price will be an amount equal to the Outstanding principal amount of such Tranche, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such Tranche
to but excluding the date of redemption. 

  
 A-4-6 

 Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Beneficiary, on behalf of the
Issuer, may from time to time issue, or direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, to issue, one or more series, classes or Tranches of Notes. 

On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to each Holder of record on the related Record Date (except for the final distribution
with respect to this Note) such Holder’s pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Class D Notes. Final payments of this Note will be
made only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the office or offices therein specified. 
 [Payments of interest on this Note due
and payable on each Payment Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be made by wire transfer mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered Noteholder of this Note
(or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the clearing agency (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such Person’s account as has been designated by written instructions received by the Paying Agent from such Person not later than the close of
business on the third Business Day preceding the date of payment, except that with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, payment shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available
funds to the account designated by such nominee. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of
any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid
principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date, then the Note Registrar, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Noteholder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice mailed
within [five] days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Note Registrar’s principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Note
Registrar’s agent appointed for such purposes. On any payment of interest or principal being made, details of such payment shall be entered by the Paying Agent on behalf of the Issuer in Schedule A hereto. 

[As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note
Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and
the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city
in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Issuer or the Note Registrar may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the
same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the 

  
 A-4-7 

 
designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.] 
 Each
Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture that it will not at any time institute against WFBNA, WF Card
Funding, LLC or the Issuer, or join in any institution against WFBNA, WF Card Funding or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or any Derivative Agreement. 
 Prior to
the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the Issuer, the Note Registrar and any agent of the Issuer or the Note Registrar may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of such other date as
may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

The term “Issuer” as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer under the Indenture. 

The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Indenture Trustee
and the Holders of Notes under the Indenture. 
 The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided in the
Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth. 
 THIS NOTE AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, THE INDENTURE, OR THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES, AND/OR THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer,
which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed. 

No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under the Indenture or any
certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any 

  
 A-4-8 

 
owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder
of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Owner Trustee has no such
obligations in its individual capacity). The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that, except as expressly provided in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement in the case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder
shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the assets of the Issuer for
any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note. 

  
 A-4-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee 

			
	 	  	

 FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto 

(name and address of assignee) 
 the within Note and all rights
thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises. 

 

									
	Dated: 	  	 	  		  	 	  	 *

		  		  		  	Signature Guaranteed:	  	

  

	*	 NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears on
the face of the within Note in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. 

  
 A-4-10 

 SCHEDULE A 

PART I 

INTEREST PAYMENTS 
  

									
	 Interest Payment Date
	 	 Date of Payment
	 	 Total Amount of
Interest Payable
	 	 Amount of
Interest Paid
	 	 Confirmation of
payment by or on
behalf of
the
Issuer

	 First
	 		 		 		 	
		 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

	 Second
	 		 		 		 	
		 	  
	 	  
	 	  
	 	  

 [continue numbering until the appropriate number of interest payment dates for the Notes is reached] 

  
 A-4-11 

 PART II 

PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS 
  

							
	 Date of Payment
	  	 Total Amount Payable
	  	 Total Amount Paid
	  	 Confirmation of payment by
or on behalf of the
Issuer

		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

  

							
	 Date of Payment
	  	 Total Amount Payable
	  	 Total Amount Paid
	  	 Confirmation of payment by
or on behalf of the
Issuer

		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

		  		  		  	
	  
	  	  
	  	  
	  	  

 [continue numbering until the appropriate number of installment dates for the Notes is reached] 

  
 A-4-12 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF] WFCARDSERIES SCHEDULE TO 

MONTHLY NOTEHOLDERS’ STATEMENT 

WFCARDSERIES 

[TO BE UPDATED WITH FORM GENERATED
BY WELLS FARGO] 

  
 B-1 

 Application of WFCardSeries Available Funds 

 
 

 

  
 B-2 

 B. Targeted deposits to Interest Funding
sub-Accounts: 
  

											
	 Class/Tranche
	  	 Target Deposit
to Interest
Funding
sub-Account for
applicable
Monthly Period
	  	 Actual Deposit to
Interest Funding
sub-Account for
applicable
Monthly
Period
	  	 Shortfall from
earlier
Monthly
Periods
	  	 Interest
Funding
sub-account
Balance prior to
Withdrawals
	  	 Interest
Funding
sub-Account
Earnings

	[Class A Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	
						
	[Class B Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	
						
	[Class C Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	
						
	[Class D Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	
						
	[Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	

 C. Interest to be paid on the corresponding Interest Payment Date: 

 

									
	 Class/Tranche
	  	 CUSIP Number
	  	 Interest Payment
Date
	  	 Interest Rate
	  	 Amount of interest to be
paid on corresponding
Interest
Payment Date

	[Class A Total:]	  		  		  		  	
					
	[Class B Total:]	  		  		  		  	
					
	[Class C Total:]	  		  		  		  	
					
	[Class D Total:]	  		  		  		  	
					
	[Total:]	  		  		  		  	

 D. Targeted deposits to Class C Reserve sub-Accounts: 

 

											
	 Tranche
	  	 Targeted Deposit to
Class C Reserve
sub-Account for
applicable Monthly
Period
	  	 Actual Deposit to
Class C Reserve
sub-Account for
applicable Monthly
Period
	  	
Class C Reserve
sub-Account
Balance on Transfer
Date prior
to
Withdrawals
	  	
Class C Reserve
sub-Account
Earnings
	  	 Amount of
interest to be
paid
on
corresponding
Interest
Payment Date

	[Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	

  
 B-3 

 E. Targeted deposits to Class D Reserve sub-Accounts: 

 

											
	 Tranche
	  	 Targeted Deposit to
Class D Reserve
sub-Account for
applicable Monthly
Period
	  	 Actual Deposit to
Class D Reserve
sub-Account for
applicable Monthly
Period
	  	
Class D Reserve
sub-Account
Balance on Transfer
Date prior
to
Withdrawals
	  	
Class D Reserve
sub-Account
Earnings
	  	 Amount of
interest to be
paid
on
corresponding
Interest
Payment Date

	[Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	

 F. Withdrawals to be made from the Class C Reserve sub-Accounts on the
corresponding Transfer Date: 
  

							
	 Tranche
	  	 Targeted Deposit to
Withdrawals for Interest
	  	 Actual Deposit to
Withdrawals for Principal
	  	 Class C Reserve
sub-Account
Balance on Transfer Date after
withdrawals

	Class C Total:	  		  		  	

 G. Withdrawals to be made from the Class D Reserve sub-Accounts on the
corresponding Transfer Date: 
  

							
	 Tranche
	  	 Targeted Deposit to
Withdrawals for Interest
	  	 Actual Deposit to
Withdrawals for Principal
	  	 Class D Reserve Class C
Reserve sub-Account Balance on
Transfer Date after withdrawals

	Class D Total:	  		  		  	

 H. Targeted deposits to Principal Funding sub-Accounts: 

 

											
	 Class/Tranche
	  	 Targeted Deposit
to Principal
Funding
sub-Account for
applicable
Monthly Period
	  	 Actual Deposit
to Principal
Funding
sub-Account for
applicable
Monthly Period
	  	 Shortfall from
earlier
Monthly
Periods
	  	
Principal
Funding
sub-Account
Balance on
Transfer
Date
	  	 Principal
Funding
sub-Account Earnings

						
	[Class A Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	
						
	[Class B Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	
						
	[Class C Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	
						
	[Class D Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	
						
	[Total:]	  		  		  		  		  	

  
 B-4 

 I. Principal to be paid on the corresponding Principal Payment Date: 

 

							
	 Class /Tranche
	  	 CUSIP Number
	  	 Principal Payment Date
	  	 Amount of principal to be paid
on corresponding
Principal
Payment
Date

				
	[Class A Total:]	  		  		  	
				
	[Class B Total:]	  		  		  	
				
	[Class C Total:]	  		  		  	
				
	[Class D Total:]	  		  		  	
				
	[Total:]	  		  		  	

 J. Stated Principal Amount, Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount and Nominal Liquidation Amount as of the end of the prior
Monthly Period: 
  

									
	 Class /Tranche
	  	 Initial Dollar
Principal Amount
	  	 Outstanding
Principal
Amount
	  	 Adjusted
Outstanding
Principal
Amount
	  	 Nominal
Liquidation
Amount

					
	[Class A Total:]	  		  		  		  	
					
	[Class B Total:]	  		  		  		  	
					
	[Class C Total:]	  		  		  		  	
					
	[Class D Total:]	  		  		  		  	
					
	[Total:]	  		  		  		  	

  
 B-5 

 K. Class A Usage of Class B, Class C and Class D Subordinated Amounts: 

 

													
	 Tranche
	  	 Class A
Usage
of Class B
Subordinated
Amount
for
this
Monthly
Period
	  	 Class A
Usage
of Class C
Subordinated
Amount
for
this
Monthly
Period
	  	 Class A
Usage
of Class D
Subordinated
Amount
for
this
Monthly
Period
	  	 Cumulative
Class A
Usage
of
Class B
Subordinated
Amount
	  	
Cumulative
Class A Usage of
Class C
Subordinated
Amount
	  	 

Cumulative
Class A Usage
of
Class D
Subordinated
Amount

		  		  		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  		  		  	
	[Total:]	  		  		  		  		  		  	

 L. Class B Usage of Class C and Class D Subordinated Amounts: 

 

									
	 Tranche
	  	 Class B Usage of
Class C
Subordinated
Amount
for this
Monthly Period
	  	 

Class B Usage
of
Class D
Subordinated
Amount for this
Monthly Period
	  	 Cumulative
Class B Usage
of
Class C
Subordinated
Amount
	  	

Cumulative
Class B Usage of
Class D
Subordinated
Amount

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
	[Total:]	  		  		  		  	

 M. Class C Usage of Class D Subordinated Amounts: 

 

					
	 Tranche
	  	 Class C Usage of
Class D Subordinated
Amount for
this
Monthly Period
	  	 Cumulative
Class C Usage of
Class D
Subordinated
Amount

		  		  	
		  		  	
	[Total:]	  		  	

  
 B-6 

 N. Nominal Liquidation Amounts for Tranches of Notes Outstanding: 

 

																	
	 Class/
Tranche
	  	 Beginning
Nominal
Liquidation
Amount
	  	 Increases
from
accretions on
Principal
for
Discount
    Notes    
	  	 Increases from
amounts
withdrawn
from
the
Principal
Funding
sub-Account
in respect of
Prefunding
Excess
    Amount    
	  	
Reimbursements
from
WFCardSeries
Available
Funds
	  	 Reductions
due
to
reallocations
of
WFCardSeries
Available
Principal
    Amounts    
	  	 Reductions
due
to
Investor
Charge-Offs
	  	 Reductions
due to
amounts on
deposit in
the
Principal
Funding
sub-Account
	  	 Ending
Nominal
Liquidation
Amount

	[Class A Total:]	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
									
	[Class B Total:]	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
									
	[Class C Total:]	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
									
	[Class D Total:]	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	
									
	[Total:]	  		  		  		  		  		  		  		  	

 O. Excess Available Funds and 3 Month Excess Available Funds: 

 

					
		 	 Excess Available Funds
	  	$_____________
			
		 	 Is 3 Month Excess Available Funds < 0? (Yes/No)
	  	            

 P. Other Performance Triggers: 
  

					
		 	Has a Class C Reserve sub-Account funding trigger occurred? (Yes/No)	  	            
			
		 	Has a Class D Reserve sub-Account funding trigger occurred? (Yes/No)	  	

  
 B-7 

 Q. Repurchase Demand Activity (Rule 15Ga-1) 

Most Recent Form ABS – 15G 
  

			
	 Filed by:
	  	WF Card Funding, LLC
		
	 CIK#:
	  	[_]
		
	 Filing Date:
	  	[________ __, ____]

  
 B-8 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Monthly
Noteholders’ Statement this __th day of ________, ____. 
  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
    as Servicer
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-9 

 SCHEDULE I 

LIST OF TERMS DOCUMENTS 

  
 Sch. I-1EX-4.4

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT 4.4 

 
  

 
 WF CARD
ISSUANCE TRUST 
 as Issuer 

WF CARD FUNDING, LLC 

as Holder of the Transferor Interest 

and 
 WELLS
FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as Servicer 

 
  

FORM OF SERVICING AGREEMENT 

Dated as of [________ __, ____] 
  

 
  

Table of Contents

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	SECTION	  	HEADING	  	PAGE	 
			
	 ARTICLE I
	  	 DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	 
			
	 Section 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02.
	  	Other Definitional Provisions; Rules of Construction	  	 	5	 
			
	ARTICLE II	  	ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES	  	 	6	 
			
	 Section 2.01.
	  	Appointment; Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer	  	 	6	 
	 Section 2.02.
	  	Servicing Compensation	  	 	8	 
	 Section 2.03.
	  	Representations and Warranties of the Servicer	  	 	9	 
	 Section 2.04.
	  	Reports and Records for the Indenture Trustee	  	 	10	 
	 Section 2.05.
	  	Reports to the Commission	  	 	11	 
	 Section 2.06.
	  	Collections, Adjustments for Miscellaneous Credits and Fraudulent Charges	  	 	11	 
	 Section 2.07.
	  	Allocations and Disbursements	  	 	11	 
	 Section 2.08.
	  	New Issuances	  	 	12	 
	 Section 2.09.
	  	Compliance with the FDIC Rule	  	 	12	 
	 Section 2.10.
	  	Defaulted Receivables Assigned for Collection	  	 	12	 
			
	ARTICLE III	  	COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER	  	 	13	 
			
	 Section 3.01.
	  	Notice of Additional Accounts, Removed Accounts and Discount Option Percentage	  	 	13	 
			
	ARTICLE IV	  	OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER	  	 	14	 
			
	 Section 4.01.
	  	Liability of the Servicer	  	 	14	 
	 Section 4.02.
	  	Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Servicer	  	 	14	 
	 Section 4.03.
	  	Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others	  	 	14	 
	 Section 4.04.
	  	Servicer Indemnification of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee	  	 	15	 
	 Section 4.05.
	  	The Servicer Not to Resign	  	 	16	 
	 Section 4.06.
	  	Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables	  	 	16	 
	 Section 4.07.
	  	Delegation of Duties	  	 	16	 
	 Section 4.08.
	  	Examination of Records	  	 	16	 
	 Section 4.09.
	  	Notice of Breach of Lien	  	 	16	 
			
	ARTICLE V	  	SERVICER DEFAULTS	  	 	18	 
			
	 Section 5.01.
	  	Servicer Defaults	  	 	18	 
	 Section 5.02.
	  	Appointment of Successor	  	 	19	 
	 Section 5.03.
	  	Notification to Noteholders	  	 	20	 
	 Section 5.04.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	20	 

  
 -i- 

Table of Contents

							
	ARTICLE VI	  	TERMINATION	  	 	21	 
			
	 Section 6.01.
	  	Termination of Agreement	  	 	21	 
			
	ARTICLE VII	  	COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB	  	 	22	 
			
	 Section 7.01.
	  	Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness	  	 	22	 
	 Section 7.02.
	  	Additional Representations and Warranties of the Servicer	  	 	22	 
	 Section 7.03.
	  	Information to Be Provided by the Servicer	  	 	22	 
	 Section 7.04.
	  	Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation	  	 	24	 
	 Section 7.05.
	  	Use of Subservicers and Servicing Participants	  	 	25	 
	 Section 7.06.
	  	Annual Servicer’s Certificate and Assessment of Compliance	  	 	26	 
	 Section 7.07.
	  	Investor Communication	  	 	26	 
			
	ARTICLE VIII	  	ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW	  	 	28	 
			
	 Section 8.01.
	  	Delinquency Trigger	  	 	28	 
	 Section 8.02.
	  	Investor Action to Initiate an Asset Representations Review	  	 	28	 
			
	ARTICLE IX	  	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  	 	29	 
			
	 Section 9.01.
	  	Amendment	  	 	29	 
	 Section 9.02.
	  	GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	  	 	29	 
	 Section 9.03.
	  	Notices	  	 	30	 
	 Section 9.04.
	  	Severability of Provisions	  	 	32	 
	 Section 9.05.
	  	Binding Effect; Assignability; Pledge	  	 	32	 
	 Section 9.06.
	  	Further Assurances	  	 	32	 
	 Section 9.07.
	  	No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies	  	 	32	 
	 Section 9.08.
	  	Counterparts	  	 	32	 
	 Section 9.09.
	  	Third-Party Beneficiaries	  	 	33	 
	 Section 9.10.
	  	Rule 144A Information	  	 	33	 
	 Section 9.11.
	  	Merger and Integration	  	 	33	 
	 Section 9.12.
	  	Headings	  	 	33	 
	 Section 9.13.
	  	Nonpetition Covenant	  	 	33	 

 Exhibits and Schedules 

 

					
	EXHIBIT A	 	—	  	Form of Annual Servicer’s Certificate
	EXHIBIT B	 	—	  	Form of Annual Certification
	EXHIBIT C	 	—	  	Servicing Criteria to be Addressed in Assessment of Compliance
			
	SCHEDULE 2.04(b)	 	—	  	Reporting Requirements
	SCHEDULE 2.09	 	—	  	Requirements of FDIC Rule

  
 -ii- 

Table of Contents

 THIS SERVICING AGREEMENT (this
“Agreement”) by and among WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware, WF CARD FUNDING, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (“Holder of the Transferor Interest”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as servicer (the
“Servicer”). 
 In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree that this Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents (each capitalized term as hereinafter defined) will define the contractual obligations of the
Issuer and the Servicer, and hereby further agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 
 Section 1.01.
Definitions. (a) Initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings assigned thereto in (or by reference in) the Indenture. 

(b) Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings: 

“Account” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Additional Account” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Adverse Effect” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Affiliate” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this document. 

“Asset Representations Review” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Asset Representations Review Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Asset Representations Reviewer” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Business Day” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Certificate” has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement. 

“Class” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Closing Date” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

  
 -1- 

Table of Contents

 “Collection Account” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Collections” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Commission” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Credit Card Guidelines” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Debtor Relief Laws” means (a) the United States Bankruptcy Code, (b) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and
(c) all other insolvency, bankruptcy, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, or other debtor relief laws affecting the rights of creditors generally, or if applicable, the rights of creditors of banks. 

“Defaulted Account” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Delinquency Trigger” has the meaning specified in the Transfer Agreement. 

“Eligible Servicer” means the Indenture Trustee, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Indenture Trustee, or an entity which at the time of its appointment as Servicer (a) is servicing a portfolio of consumer revolving credit card accounts or other consumer revolving credit accounts, (b) is legally qualified and has the
capacity to service the Receivables, (c) is qualified (or licensed) to use the software that the Servicer is then currently using to service the Receivables or obtains the right to use, or has its own, software which is adequate to perform its
duties under this Agreement, (d) has the ability to professionally and competently service a portfolio of similar accounts in accordance with customary standards of skill and care and (e) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the
end of its most recent fiscal quarter. 
 “Exchange Act” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“FDIC Rule” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Finance Charge Receivables” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Governmental Authority” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Holder” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of [________ __, ____], among the Issuer, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity as the paying agent and the note registrar, and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Indenture Supplement” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Indenture Trustee” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

  
 -2- 

Table of Contents

 “Ineligible Receivable” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Insolvency Event” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Insurance Proceeds” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Interchange” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Investor Servicing Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 

“Issuer” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Lien” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Monthly Period” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“New Issuance” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08. 

“Note” or “Notes” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Note Owner” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Note Rating Agency” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Noteholders” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Obligor” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by any Vice President or more senior officer of the Servicer. 

“Opinion of Counsel” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Owner Trustee” has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement. 

“Permitted Investments” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Person” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Principal Adjustment” has the meaning specified in subsection 2.06(b). 

“Principal Receivables” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Rating Agency Condition” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

  
 -3- 

Table of Contents

 “Receivable” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Recoveries” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Regulation AB” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Requirements of Law” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Sarbanes Certification” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Securities Act” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Securitization Transaction” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Series” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Servicer” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this document. 

“Servicer Default” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01. 

“Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02. 

“Servicing Participant” means any Person, other than the Indenture Trustee, that is a “party participating in the
servicing function” as defined in Instruction 2 to Item 1122 of Regulation AB. 
 “Servicing Party” has the meaning
specified in subsection 7.03(a). 
 “Subservicer” means any Person, other than the Servicer or the Indenture
Trustee, that is a “servicer” as defined in 1101(j) of Regulation AB. 
 “Successor Servicer” has the meaning
specified in subsection 5.02(a). 
 “Termination Notice” has the meaning specified in
subsection 5.01(d). 
 “Terms Document” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Tranche” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Transfer Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Transfer Date” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Transferor” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Transferor Interest” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

  
 -4- 

Table of Contents

 “Transferor Servicing Fee” has the meaning specified in
Section 2.02. 
 “Transferred Assets” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Trust Accounts” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“Trust Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

“WFBNA” has the meaning specified in the Indenture. 

Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions; Rules of Construction (a) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the
defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. 
 (b)
As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined herein, and accounting terms partially defined herein to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings
given to them under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted
accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, the definitions contained herein shall control. The term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder means such
accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of such computation. 
 (c) The agreements,
representations and warranties of WFBNA in this Agreement in its capacity as the Servicer shall be deemed to be the agreements, representations and warranties of WFBNA solely in such capacity for so long as WFBNA acts in such capacity under this
Agreement. 
 (d) The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this
Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections, subsections, Schedules and
Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The term “including” and words of similar import will be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.” The canon of ejusdem generis may be applied only in the
context of this Agreement’s purpose and not merely in the context of a particular phrase. 
 (e) A reference to any law is to that law
as amended or supplemented to the applicable time. A reference to any agreement, document, policy, or procedure is to that agreement, document, policy, or procedure as amended or supplemented to the applicable time. A reference to any Person
includes that Person’s successors and permitted assigns. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term defined in either the singular or the plural form incorporates both the singular and the plural form of such term. 

  
 -5- 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE II 

ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES 

Section 2.01. Appointment; Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer. (a) The Issuer hereby
appoints WFBNA to act as the Servicer as its agent to service the Transferred Assets and enforce its rights and interests in and under the Transferred Assets and to serve in such capacity until the termination of its responsibilities pursuant to
Sections 4.05, 5.01 or 6.01, as applicable. WFBNA agrees to act as the Servicer under this Agreement and to perform the duties and obligations set forth herein. 

(b) The Servicer shall service and administer the Receivables and shall collect payments due under the Receivables in accordance with its
customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables and in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines and shall have full power and authority, acting alone or through any party properly
designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to
Section 5.01, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered to take any and all reasonable steps necessary or desirable and consistent with the ownership of the Transferred Assets by the Issuer and the pledge of
the Transferred Assets by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture in the determination of the Servicer, to (i) collect all amounts due under the Transferred Assets, including endorsing its name on checks and other instruments
representing Collections on the Transferred Assets, and executing and delivering any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation or of partial or full release or discharge and all other comparable instruments with respect to the Transferred
Assets and (ii) after the Transferred Assets (or any part thereof) become delinquent and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with applicable law and regulations, (A) commence proceedings with respect to the enforcement of
payment of the Transferred Assets, (B) adjust, settle or compromise any payments due thereunder, and (C) initiate proceedings against any collateral securing the obligations due under the Transferred Assets, in each case, consistent with
the Credit Card Guidelines, (iii) make deposits to and withdrawals from the Collection Account and any other Trust Account, as set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, (iv) take any action required or
permitted under any enhancement for any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes, as set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement, (v) subject to Section 2.05, make any filings, reports,
notices, applications, registrations with, and to seek any consents or authorizations from the Commission or any state securities authority on behalf of the Issuer as may be necessary or advisable to comply with any federal or state securities or
reporting obligations and (vi) to take, on behalf of the Issuer, such actions as are necessary to obtain and maintain a perfected lien on and security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Indenture Trustee, including preparing and causing
the Issuer to file UCC financing statements, amendments to such financing statements and continuation statements and obtaining legal opinions with respect to the security interest in the Collateral. The Issuer shall furnish (or cause to be
furnished) to the Servicer any powers of attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder, and Issuer shall assist the Servicer to the fullest extent to
enable the Servicer to collect the Transferred Assets and otherwise discharge its duties hereunder, including under subsection 2.01(i). 

  
 -6- 

Table of Contents

 (c) In the event that the Transferor is unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the
Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Transfer Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 4.01 thereof or the order of any federal governmental agency
having regulatory authority over the Transferor or any court of competent jurisdiction that the Transferor not transfer any additional Principal Receivables to the Issuer) then, in any such event, (A) the Servicer agrees to allocate, after the
date of such inability, all Collections with respect to Principal Receivables, and all amounts which would have constituted Collections with respect to Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer such Receivables (up to
an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables held by the Issuer on such date of inability) in accordance with subsection 2.05(d) of the Transfer Agreement; (B) the Servicer agrees to apply such
amounts as Collections on Transferred Assets in accordance with the Indenture; and (C) for only so long as all Collections and all amounts which would have constituted Collections are allocated and applied in accordance with clauses (A)
and (B) above, Principal Receivables (and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer Receivables to the Issuer) that are written off as uncollectible shall continue to be
allocated in accordance with the Indenture, and all amounts that would have constituted Principal Receivables but for the Transferor’s inability to transfer Receivables to the Issuer shall be deemed to be Principal Receivables for the purpose
of all calculations under the Transaction Documents. If the Servicer is unable, pursuant to any Requirements of Law, to allocate payments on the Accounts as described in subsection 2.05(d) of the Transfer Agreement and
above, the Servicer agrees that it shall in any such event allocate, after the occurrence of such event, payments on each Account with respect to the principal balance of such Account proportionately based on the total amount of Principal
Receivables of such Obligor retained by the Issuer and the total amount owing by such Obligor on such Account after such event, and the portion allocable to any Principal Receivables retained by the Issuer shall
be applied and paid in accordance with the Indenture. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables that have been conveyed to the Issuer, shall continue to be
owned by the Issuer notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to the Issuer and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with the Indenture. 

(d) In the event that pursuant to subsection 2.04(d) of the Transfer Agreement, the Transferor accepts reassignment of an
Ineligible Receivable as provided in subsection 2.04(d) of the Transfer Agreement, then, in any such event, the Servicer agrees to account for payments received with respect to such Ineligible Receivable separately from its accounting for
Collections on Principal Receivables held by the Issuer. If payments received from or on behalf of an Obligor are not specifically applicable either to an Ineligible Receivable of such Obligor reassigned to the Transferor or to Receivables of such
Obligor held by the Issuer, then the Servicer agrees to allocate payments proportionately based on the total amount of Principal Receivables of such Obligor held by the Issuer and the total amount owing by such Obligor on any Ineligible Receivables
purchased by the Transferor, and the portion allocable to any Principal Receivables held by the Issuer shall be treated as Collections in accordance with the Indenture. 

(e) The Servicer shall not be obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the Receivables
from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the Servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables. 

  
 -7- 

Table of Contents

 (f) The Servicer shall maintain fidelity bond coverage insuring against losses through
wrongdoing of its officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of credit card receivables covering such actions and in such amounts as the Servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time. 

(g) Following receipt of notice of any designation of Additional Accounts or Removed Accounts, or any discounting of any or all Principal
Receivables pursuant to Section 3.01, the Servicer shall take actions consistent with such notice and the related provisions of the Transaction Documents and assist the Issuer in producing any information required by the Issuer in
connection with such designation. 
 (h) The Servicer shall post payments on the Receivables made in accordance with the terms of the
related Credit Card Agreement to its Obligor records no more than two (2) Business Days after receipt, or such other number of days specified in the related Credit Card Agreement. Such payments shall be allocated to
principal, interest or other items in accordance with the terms of the Credit Card Agreement, the Credit Card Guidelines and the Transaction Documents. 

(i) The Servicer shall maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including the ability to recreate records evidencing
the Receivables that are included in the Transferred Assets in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, computer records and other information, reasonably necessary or advisable for the
collection of all the Receivables included in the Transferred Assets. Such documents, books and computer records shall reflect all facts giving rise to the Receivables included in the Transferred Assets, all payments and credits with respect
thereto, and such documents, books and computer records shall indicate the interests of Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in the Transferred Assets. 

(j) Subject to the terms of the Indenture, the Servicer shall deliver entitlement orders, as that term is defined in the New York UCC,
instructions within the meaning of 9-104(b) of the New York UCC (if applicable) and other directions as to the investment or disposition of funds credited to the Trust Accounts, and shall direct the Paying
Agent, on behalf of the Issuer, as to the investment or other disposition of funds credited to the Trust Accounts; provided that Servicer, on behalf of the Issuer, will direct the Paying Agent to invest only in Permitted Investments maturing
no later than the day prior to the required distribution date for such funds or, if earlier, the date specified in the Transaction Documents. 

Section 2.02. Servicing Compensation. (a) As full compensation for its servicing activities hereunder, acting in its capacity
as calculation agent pursuant to any Terms Document, and as reimbursement for its expenses as set forth in the immediately following paragraph, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive a servicing fee (the “Servicing Fee”) with
respect to each Monthly Period prior to the termination of the Servicer’s obligations under this Agreement, payable monthly on the related Transfer Date, in an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product
of (a) 2.00% and (b) the Average Principal Receivables during the prior Monthly Period. The share of the Servicing Fee allocable to Notes (the “Investor Servicing Fee”) of a particular Series with respect to any Monthly Period
will each be determined in accordance with the terms of the relevant 

  
 -8- 

Table of Contents

 
Indenture Supplement. The portion of the Servicing Fee with respect to any Monthly Period not so allocated to the Notes of any Series shall be paid by the Holder of the Transferor Interest
directly to the Servicer on or before the related Transfer Date, and in no event shall the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders of any Series, Class or Tranche of Notes be liable for the share of the Servicing Fee with respect to
any Monthly Period to be paid by the Holder of the Transferor Interest (the “Transferor Servicing Fee”). 
 (b) The
Servicer’s expenses include the reasonable fees of and reimbursement of reasonable disbursements by each of the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar and the Servicer’s independent public accountants and all other
expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with its activities hereunder and its activities acting in its capacity as calculation agent pursuant to any Terms Document; provided, that the Servicer shall not be liable for any liabilities, costs
or expenses of the Issuer or the Noteholders arising under any tax law, including without limitation any federal, state or local income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect
thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith). The Servicer shall be required to pay such expenses for its own account and shall not be entitled to any payment therefor other than the Servicing Fee. 

Section 2.03. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer hereby makes as of the date hereof, and any Successor
Servicer by its appointment hereunder shall make (with appropriate modifications to subsection 2.03(a) to reflect the Successor Servicer’s organization) the following representations and warranties, on which the Issuer
has relied in engaging the Servicer: 
 (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a duly organized national banking
association validly existing, and in good standing under the law of the United States of America and has, in all material respects, full power and authority to own its assets and operate its credit card business as presently owned or operated, and
to execute, deliver, and perform its obligation under this Agreement. 
 (b) Due Qualification. The Servicer is not required to
qualify nor register as a foreign corporation in any state in order to service the Receivables as required by this Agreement and has obtained all licenses and approvals necessary in order to so service the Receivables as required under federal and
Delaware law. If the Servicer shall be required by any Requirements of Law to so qualify or register or obtain such license or approval, then it shall do so. 

(c) Due Authorization. The Servicer has duly authorized, by all necessary action, its execution and delivery of this Agreement and its
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and this Agreement will remain, from the time of its execution, an official record of the Servicer. 

(d) Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer, enforceable against the
Servicer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws or general principles of equity. 

  
 -9- 

Table of Contents

 (e) No Violation. The Servicer’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, its
performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and its fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement do not (i) conflict with, breach any material term of, or cause a material default under (with or without notice or lapse of time
or both) any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which the Servicer is bound or (ii) conflict with or violate any Requirement of Law applicable to the Servicer,
which conflict, breach, default or violation, in the Servicer’s reasonable judgment, is likely to materially and adversely affect the Servicer’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement. 

(f) No Proceedings. No proceeding or investigation against the Servicer is pending or, to the best of the Servicer’s knowledge,
threatened before any Governmental Authority that (A) seeks any determination or ruling that, in the Servicer’s reasonable judgment, would materially and adversely affect the Servicer’s performance under this Agreement, or
(B) seeks any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement. 

(g) Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Servicer shall duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in
connection with each Receivable and the related Account, will maintain in effect all qualifications required under Requirements of Law in order to service properly each Receivable and will comply in all material respects with all other Requirements
of Law in connection with servicing each Receivable the failure to comply with which would have a material adverse effect on the Noteholders. 

(h) All Consents. The Servicer has obtained all approvals, authorizations, licenses, consents, and orders required of any Governmental
Authority in connection with the Servicer’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, its performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and its fulfillment of the terms of the Agreement. 

(i) Rescission or Cancellation. The Servicer shall not cause or authorize any rescission or cancellation of any Receivable except as
ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority or in accordance with the normal operating procedures of the Servicer. 

(j) Receivables Not to Be Evidenced by Promissory Notes. Except in connection with its enforcement or collection of an Account, the
Servicer will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by an instrument or chattel paper (as defined in the New York UCC). 

Section 2.04. Reports and Records for the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. 

(a) Daily Reports. On each Business Day, the Servicer, with prior notice, shall prepare and make available at the office of the
Servicer for inspection by the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee or the Paying Agent a record setting forth (i) the aggregate amount of Collections processed by the Servicer on the preceding Business Day and (ii) the aggregate amount of
Receivables as of the close of business on the preceding Business Day. 

  
 -10- 

Table of Contents

 (b) Other Reporting Requirements. The Servicer hereby agrees that, from and after the
Closing Date and until the date on which the outstanding balances of all Receivables have been reduced to zero, it shall deliver or cause to be delivered financial statements, notices, and other information at the times, to the Persons, and in a
manner set forth in Schedule 2.04(b). 
 Section 2.05. Reports to the Commission The Servicer shall, on behalf of the
Issuer, cause to be filed with the Commission any periodic or current reports required to be filed pursuant to the provisions of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder; provided, however, that the Issuer may, at any time and from time to time, with reasonable prior notice to the Servicer, designate that the Transferor shall instead cause to be filed with the Commission any such
report or reports, as determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion. 
 Section 2.06. Collections; Adjustments for Miscellaneous
Credits and Fraudulent Charges. 
 (a) The Servicer shall, on behalf of the Issuer, apply all Collections with respect to the
Transferred Assets for each Monthly Period as described in the Indenture, each Indenture Supplement and each Terms Document, as applicable. 

(b) (i) The Servicer shall be obligated to reduce on a net basis each Monthly Period the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used to
calculate the Transferor Interest as provided in this subsection 2.06(b) (a “Principal Adjustment”) with respect to any Principal Receivable (A) which is reduced by the Servicer by any rebate, refund,
charge back, unauthorized charge, billing error to the related obligor, or other adjustment (other than by reason of any Servicer error) or (B) which was created as a result of a fraudulent or counterfeit charge. A Principal Adjustment must not
be made for any Principal Receivable reduction caused by the Servicer’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement. 
 (ii) If
(A) the Servicer makes a deposit into the Collection Account in respect of a Collection of a Receivable and such Collection was received by the Servicer in the form of a check which is not honored for any reason or (B) the Servicer makes a
mistake with respect to the amount of any Collection and deposits an amount that is less than or more than the actual amount of such Collection, the Servicer shall appropriately adjust the amount subsequently deposited into the Collection Account to
reflect such dishonored check or mistake. Any Receivable in respect of which a dishonored check is received shall be deemed not to have been paid. Notwithstanding the first two sentences of this paragraph, adjustments made pursuant to this
subsection 2.06(b) shall not require any change in any report previously delivered. 
 Section 2.07. Calculations,
Allocations and Disbursements. With respect to each Series, Class and Tranche, the Servicer shall make or cause to be made the allocations and shall cause to be made the disbursements, and the calculations and determinations required
therefor, for such Series, Class or Tranche, as applicable, on behalf of the Issuer as is required to be made by the Issuer under the terms of the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, as applicable, for such Series,
Class or Tranche. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Servicer shall provide written instructions to the Paying Agent with respect to allocations and disbursements to be made to or from the Trust Accounts. 

  
 -11- 

Table of Contents

 Section 2.08. New Issuances. Pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements or
Terms Documents, as applicable, Issuer may issue one or more new Series, Classes or Tranches of Notes (each, a “New Issuance”), as more fully described in the Indenture. To enable the Servicer to perform its obligations pursuant to
this Agreement, the Issuer shall give reasonable prior notice to the Servicer of each New Issuance and shall provide the Servicer an opportunity to review and comment upon the form of each monthly report required to be delivered by Servicer pursuant
to Schedule 2.04(b), the related Indenture Supplement and the related Terms Document, as applicable. 
 Section 2.09.
Compliance with the FDIC Rule. Servicer agrees to perform and satisfy all covenants and other agreements applicable to it set forth in Schedule 2.09 and to take such other action (or refrain from taking action) to give full effect to
the requirements set forth on Schedule 2.09. 
 Section 2.10. Receivables in Defaulted Accounts Assigned for Collection.

 (a) On the date any Account becomes a Defaulted Account, the Issuer shall automatically and without further action or consideration be
deemed to transfer, set over, and otherwise convey to the Servicer for collection, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Issuer in, to and under (i) all Receivables in such Defaulted Account,
(ii) all monies due or to become due with respect to such Receivables (including Finance Charge Receivables), (iii) all Interchange and Insurance Proceeds allocable to such Receivables and (iv) all proceeds of the foregoing property;
provided, however, that the Issuer will retain, and not be deemed to have conveyed to the Servicer, all right, title, and interest in, to and under all Recoveries allocable to those Receivables. 

(b) The Servicer agrees to take appropriate actions to collect all amounts due with respect to the such Receivables in Defaulted Accounts
assigned to it under this provision (including any related Finance Charge Receivables), in accordance with its customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to such Receivables, the Credit Card Guidelines,
and the terms of this Agreement. 
 (c) Upon collection of any Recoveries and any other amounts by the Servicer, with respect to any such
Receivables in Defaulted Accounts assigned to it for collection, the Servicer shall transfer such amounts of Recoveries to the Issuer by depositing such Recoveries into the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days of determining that
such Recoveries belong to the Issuer. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Receivables or related rights conveyed to the Servicer for
collection pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall remain subject to the provisions of subsection 2.04(d) of the Transfer Agreement and if reassignment of such Receivables is required pursuant to such section, then such
reassignment will be made by the Servicer to the Transferor automatically and without further action or consideration on the part of the Transferor, Servicer, or Issuer other than those actions and considerations required pursuant to subsection
2.04(d) of the Transfer Agreement. 

  
 -12- 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE III 

COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER 

Section 3.01. Notice of Additional Accounts, Removed Accounts and Discount Option Percentage. The Issuer shall promptly notify
Servicer of (i) any designation of Additional Accounts or Removed Accounts and (ii) any designation of a discount percentage to be applied to any or all of the Principal Receivables; provided, that if the Servicer is not WFBNA or an
Affiliate thereof, the Issuer shall provide notification of any such designation no later than five (5) days prior to the effectiveness of such designation. Any such designation or removal shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement
on the date the designation or removal is given effect under the Transfer Agreement, as specified by the Issuer to the Servicer. 

  
 -13- 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE IV 

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER 

Section 4.01. Liability of the Servicer. The Servicer shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations
specifically undertaken by the Servicer in such capacity herein. 
 Section 4.02. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, the Servicer. The Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or entity or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless: 

(i) the corporation or other entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or the Person which
acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation or entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of
Columbia, and shall be a savings association, national banking association, bank or other entity which is not eligible to be a debtor in a case under Title 11 of the United States Code and, if the Servicer is not the surviving entity, shall
expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Issuer in form satisfactory to the Issuer, the performance of every covenant and obligation of the Servicer hereunder (to the extent that any right, covenant or
obligation of the Servicer, as applicable hereunder, is inapplicable to the successor entity, such successor entity shall be subject to such covenant or obligation, or benefit from such right, as would apply, to the extent practicable, to such
successor entity); 
 (ii) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate of the Servicer to the effect that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with this Section 4.02 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating
to such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental agreement is legal, valid and binding with respect to the Servicer; 

(iii) the Servicer shall have delivered notice to each Note Rating Agency of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or
transfer; and 
 (iv) the corporation or other entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or
the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be an Eligible Servicer. 

Section 4.03. Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the
directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer shall not be under any liability to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Transferor, the Noteholders or any other Person hereunder or pursuant to any document delivered
hereunder, it being expressly understood that all such liability is expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as consideration for, the execution of this Agreement; provided, however, that this

  
 -14- 

Table of Contents

 
provision shall not protect the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Servicer against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as provided in Section 4.04 with respect to the
Issuer and its officers, directors, employees and agents, the Servicer shall not be under any liability to the Issuer, its officers, directors, employees and agents or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any
action in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or
gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder. The Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person
respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance with this Agreement which in
its reasonable opinion may involve it in any expense or liability. 
 Section 4.04. Servicer Indemnification of the Issuer, the
Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Note Registrar. (a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Servicer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the
Paying Agent and the Note Registrar (including each of the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Note Registrar in its individual capacity) and each of their officers, directors, members, employees and agents, from and
against any reasonable loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the Servicer with respect to its duties pursuant to this Agreement, including, but not limited
to any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim, and in the case of the Indenture Trustee, including any
reasonable expenses incurred in connection its appointment as Successor Servicer in accordance with subsection 11.13(b) of the Indenture; provided, however, that the Servicer shall not indemnify any Person who would otherwise be
entitled to indemnity under the terms of this Section 4.04, with respect to (i) acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions that are done or made in compliance or consistent with this Agreement or that constitute or
are caused by fraud, negligence, or willful misconduct by such Person, (ii) any liabilities, costs or expenses of such Person with respect to any action taken by such Person, (iii) any losses, claims or damages incurred by such Person in
its capacity as investor, including, without limitation, losses incurred as a result of Defaulted Accounts or Receivables which are written off as uncollectible, or (iv) any liabilities, costs or expenses of such Person arising under any tax
law, including without limitation, any federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to comply therewith)
required to be paid by such Person in connection herewith to any taxing authority. Any such indemnification shall not be payable from Transferred Assets. The provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and be enforceable by an injured party
subject to the limitations hereof. 
 (b) As contemplated by subsection 8.03(e) of the Indenture, in the event that Noteholders
submit a written petition to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee directing that a vote be taken on whether to initiate an Asset Representations Review in accordance with Section 14.06

  
 -15- 

Table of Contents

 
of the Indenture, the Servicer shall offer to the Indenture Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it
in complying with such petition. 
 Section 4.05. The Servicer Not To Resign. The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations
and duties hereby imposed on it except upon determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer permissible under applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable action which the Servicer could take to make the
performance of its duties hereunder permissible under applicable law. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by an Opinion of Counsel and as to clause (ii) by an
Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer, each to such effect delivered to the Transferor, the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee. No such resignation shall become effective until the Indenture Trustee or a
Successor Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 5.02 hereof. 

Section 4.06. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables. The Servicer shall provide to the Issuer
and its designees access to the documentation regarding the Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where the Indenture Trustee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights of the Noteholders, or by applicable statutes or
regulations to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon reasonable request, (ii) during normal business hours, (iii) subject to the Servicer’s normal security and confidentiality
procedures and (iv) at offices designated by the Servicer. Nothing in this Section 4.06 shall derogate from the obligation of the Issuer and its designees to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of
information regarding the Obligors and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section 4.06 as a result of such obligations shall not constitute a breach of this
Section 4.06. 
 Section 4.07. Delegation of Duties. In the ordinary course of business, the Servicer
may at any time delegate any duties hereunder to any Person who agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Credit Card Guidelines. Any such delegations shall not relieve the Servicer of its liability and
responsibility with respect to such duties, and shall not constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section 4.05 hereof. Notice of any such delegation shall be given to each Note Rating Agency and the Issuer. 

Section 4.08. Examination of Records. The Servicer shall clearly and unambiguously identify each Account (including any Additional
Account designated pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Transfer Agreement) in its computer or other records to reflect that the Receivables arising in such Account have been conveyed to the Issuer pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and
pledged by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture. The Servicer shall, prior to the sale or transfer to a third party of any receivable held in its custody, examine its computer and other records to determine that such receivable is
not a Receivable (other than a Receivable in a Defaulted Account). 
 Section 4.09. Notice of Lien. The Servicer shall advise
the Issuer, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee promptly, in reasonable detail, (i) of any Lien known to it made or asserted against any Transferred Assets (other than the Liens created under any

  
 -16- 

Table of Contents

 
Transaction Document), and (ii) of the occurrence of any event known to it which would have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Transferred Assets. 

  
 -17- 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE V 

SERVICER DEFAULTS 

Section 5.01. Servicer Defaults. If any one of the following events (a “Servicer Default”) shall occur and be
continuing: 
 (a) any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit on or before the date occurring five
Business Days after the date such payment, transfer, deposit, withdrawal or drawing or such instruction or notice is required to be made or given by the Servicer, as the case may be; 

(b) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any respect any other covenants or agreements of the
Servicer set forth in this Agreement, which has a material adverse effect on the Noteholders of any Series and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be
remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Issuer (or the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Issuer); 
 (c) any
representation, warranty or certification made by the Servicer in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a material adverse effect on the Issuer or
Noteholders and which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by the Issuer; or 

(d) an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer shall have occurred: 

then, so long as such Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, the Issuer may, if directed by the Indenture Trustee (acting at the
direction of Noteholders of not less than 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes for all Series), by delivery of a written notice of termination to the Issuer (a “Termination Notice”), terminate all of
the rights and obligations of the Servicer as Servicer under this Agreement. After receipt by the Servicer of such Termination Notice, and on the date that a Successor Servicer shall have been appointed by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 5.02, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in a Successor Servicer; and, without limitation, the Issuer is hereby authorized and empowered (upon the failure of the
Servicer to cooperate) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments upon the failure of the
Servicer to execute or deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights and obligations. The Servicer agrees to cooperate
with the Issuer and such Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder including, without limitation, the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all authority of the
Servicer to service the Receivables provided for under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all authority over all Collections 

  
 -18- 

Table of Contents

 
which shall on the date of transfer be held by the Servicer for deposit, or which have been deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection Account, or which shall thereafter be received with
respect to the Receivables, and in assisting the Successor Servicer and in enforcing all rights to Insurance Proceeds, Recoveries and Interchange (if any) applicable to the Issuer. The Servicer shall promptly transfer its electronic records or
electronic copies thereof relating to the Receivables to the Successor Servicer in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor Servicer all other records, correspondence and
documents necessary for the continued servicing of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the Successor Servicer shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this Section 5.01 shall require the
Servicer to disclose to the Successor Servicer information of any kind which the Servicer reasonably deems to be confidential, the Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the
Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its interests. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred to
in subsection 5.01(a) for a period of 10 additional Business Days or under subsection 5.01(b) or (c) for a period of 60 additional Business Days, shall not constitute a Servicer Default
if such delay or failure could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or the public enemy, acts of declared or undeclared war, public disorder, rebellion, riot
or sabotage, epidemics, landslides, lightning, fire, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, nuclear disasters or meltdowns, floods, power outages or similar causes. The preceding sentence shall not relieve the Servicer from using its best efforts to
perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer shall provide the Issuer with an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer giving prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with
a description of the cause of such failure or delay and its efforts so to perform its obligations. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, the
determination of a Servicer Default shall be based solely on the provisions in this Section 5.01 and the occurrence of a material instance of noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria specified in Item 1122(d) of
Regulations AB shall not be determinative that a Servicer Default has occurred. 
 Section 5.02. Appointment of Successor.
(a) On and after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 5.01 or the resignation by the Servicer as permitted by Section 4.05, the Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing
functions under this Agreement until the date specified in the Termination Notice or otherwise specified by the Issuer in writing or, if no such date is specified in such Termination Notice, or otherwise specified by the Issuer, until a date
mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and the Issuer. The Issuer shall notify each Note Rating Agency of such removal of the Servicer. The Issuer shall, as promptly as possible after the giving of a Termination Notice, appoint a successor servicer
that is an Eligible Servicer (the “Successor Servicer”), and such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Issuer. 

(b) Upon its appointment, the Successor Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer with respect to servicing functions
under this Agreement and shall assume all rights 

  
 -19- 

Table of Contents

 
and be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto afforded to and placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions hereof, and all references to the Servicer
shall be deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer; provided, that such Successor Servicer shall have no responsibility for any actions of the predecessor Servicer prior to the date of its appointment as Successor Servicer. 

(c) The Servicer agrees that it shall terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner acceptable to the Issuer so as to facilitate
the transfer of servicing to the Successor Servicer, including timely delivery (i) to the Issuer of any funds that were required to be deposited in the Collection Account, and (ii) to the Successor Servicer, at a place selected by the
Successor Servicer, of all servicing records and other information with respect to the Transferred Assets, along with payment of all costs associated with the transfer of servicing. The Servicer shall account for all funds and shall execute and
deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required to more fully and definitively vest and confirm in the Successor Servicer all rights, powers, duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of Servicer. 

(d) Any termination or resignation of the Servicer under this Agreement shall not affect any claims that the Issuer may have against the
Servicer for events or actions taken or not taken by the Servicer arising prior to any such termination or resignation. 

Section 5.03. Notification to Noteholders. Within two (2) Business Days after the Servicer becomes aware of any Servicer
Default, the Servicer shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar and the Note Rating Agencies. The Issuer will, pursuant to subsection 11.08(c) of the Indenture, direct
the Indenture Trustee to give a copy of such notice to the Noteholders pursuant to the Indenture. 
 Section 5.04. Waiver of Past
Defaults. The Issuer may, if directed by the Indenture Trustee (acting at the direction of Noteholders of not less than 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes of all Series adversely affected by any default by the
Servicer), and with prior notice to each Note Rating Agency, waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its consequences, except a default in the failure to make any required deposits or payments of
interest or principal relating to such Series pursuant to this Agreement and the related Indenture Supplement, which default does not result from the failure of the Indenture Trustee to perform its obligations to make any required deposit or
payments of interest and principal in accordance with the related Indenture Supplement. Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every
purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived. 

  
 -20- 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE VI 

TERMINATION 
 Section 6.01.
Termination of Agreement. This Agreement and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Issuer and the Servicer under this Agreement shall terminate, on the date on which the Issuer is terminated in accordance with
Section 7.01 of the Trust Agreement. 

  
 -21- 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE VII 

COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION AB 

Section 7.01. Intent of the Parties; Reasonableness. The Servicer and the Issuer acknowledge and agree that the purpose of this
Article VII is to facilitate compliance with the provisions of Regulation AB and related rules and regulations of the Commission. The Issuer shall not exercise its right to request delivery of information or other performance under these
provisions other than in good faith, or for purposes other than compliance with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (or the delivery in connection with a private offering of information or
other performance comparable to that required thereunder). The Servicer shall cooperate fully with the Issuer to deliver to the Issuer and the Transferor (including any of their respective assignees or designees), any and all statements, reports,
certifications, records and any other information necessary in the good faith determination of the Issuer to permit compliance with the provisions of Regulation AB, together with such disclosures relating to the Servicer and the Accounts, or the
servicing of the Receivables, reasonably believed by the Issuer to be necessary in order to effect such compliance. 
 Section 7.02.
Additional Representations and Warranties of the Servicer. The Servicer shall be deemed to represent to the Issuer and the Transferor, as of the date on which information is provided to the Issuer and the Transferor under
Section 7.03 that, except as disclosed in writing to the Issuer and the Transferor prior to such date to the best of its knowledge: (i) the Servicer is not aware and has not received notice that any default, early
amortization or other performance triggering event has occurred as to any other securitization due to any act or failure to act of the Servicer; (ii) the Servicer has not been terminated as servicer in a securitization involving credit card
receivables, either due to a servicing default or to application of a servicing performance test or trigger; (iii) no material noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria with respect to other securitizations of credit card receivables
involving the Servicer as servicer has been disclosed or reported by the Servicer; (iv) no material changes to the Servicer’s policies or procedures with respect to the servicing function it will perform under this Agreement have occurred
during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization Transaction; (v) there are no aspects of the Servicer’s financial condition that could have a material adverse effect on
the performance by the Servicer of its servicing obligations under the Agreement; and (vi) there are no material legal or governmental proceedings pending (or known to be contemplated) against the Servicer, any Subservicer or any unaffiliated third-party originator of Receivables. 
 Section 7.03. Information to Be Provided by the
Servicer. (a) In connection with any Securitization Transaction, the Servicer shall (i) within five (5) Business Days following request by the Issuer, provide to the Issuer and the Transferor, in writing, the information specified
in this subsection, and (ii) as promptly as practicable following notice to or discovery by the Servicer of any changes to such information, provide to the Issuer and the Transferor, in writing, such updated information. If so requested by the
Issuer, the Servicer shall provide to the Issuer and the Transferor such information regarding the Servicer and each Subservicer (each of the Servicer and each Subservicer, for purposes of this paragraph, a “Servicing Party”), as is
requested for the purpose of compliance with Item 1108 of Regulation AB. Such information shall include, at a minimum: 

  
 -22- 

Table of Contents

 (i) the Servicing Party’s name and form of organization; 

(ii) a description of how long the Servicing Party has been servicing credit card receivables; a general discussion of the
Servicing Party’s experience in servicing assets of any type as well as a more detailed discussion of the Servicing Party’s experience in, and procedures for, the servicing function it will perform under this Agreement; information
regarding the size, composition and growth of the Servicing Party’s portfolio of credit card accounts of a type similar to the Accounts and information on factors related to the Servicing Party that may be material, in the good faith judgment
of the Issuer, to any analysis of the servicing of the Receivables or the related asset-backed securities, as applicable, including, without limitation: 

(A) whether any prior securitizations of credit card receivables involving the Servicing Party defaulted or experienced an
early amortization or other performance triggering event because of servicing during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization Transaction; 

(B) the extent of outsourcing the Servicing Party utilizes; 

(C) whether there has been previous disclosure of material noncompliance with the applicable servicing criteria with respect to
other securitizations of credit card receivables involving the Servicing Party as a servicer during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization Transaction; 

(D) whether the Servicing Party has been terminated as servicer in a securitization of credit card receivables, either due to a
servicing default or to application of a servicing performance test or trigger; and 
 (E) such other information as the
Issuer may reasonably request for the purpose of compliance with Item 1108(b)(2) of Regulation AB; 
 (iii) a description of
any material changes during the three-year period immediately preceding the related Securitization Transaction to the Servicing Party’s policies or procedures with respect to the servicing function it
will perform under this Agreement; 
 (iv) information regarding the Servicing Party’s financial condition, to the
extent that there is a material risk that an adverse financial event or circumstance involving the Servicing Party could have a material adverse effect on the performance by the Servicing Party of its servicing obligations under this Agreement; 

(v) a description of the Servicing Party’s processes and procedures designed to address any special or unique factors
involved in servicing; 

  
 -23- 

Table of Contents

 (vi) a description of the Servicing Party’s processes for handling
delinquencies, losses, bankruptcies and recoveries, such as sale of the Receivables in Defaulted Accounts; 
 (vii)
information as to how the Servicing Party defines or determines delinquencies and charge-offs, including the effect of any grace period, re-aging, restructuring, partial
payments considered current or other practices with respect to delinquency and loss experience. 
 (b) In addition to such information as
the Servicer is obligated to provide pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement, if so requested by the Issuer, the Servicer shall provide to the Issuer and the Transferor such information regarding the performance or servicing of the
Receivables as is reasonably required to facilitate preparation of distribution reports in accordance with Item 1121 of Regulation AB. Such information shall be provided concurrently with the distribution reports otherwise required to be delivered
monthly by the Servicer under this Agreement, commencing with the first such report due not less than ten (10) Business Days following such request. 

(c) As a condition to the succession to the Servicer or any Subservicer as servicer or subservicer under this Agreement by any Person
(i) into which the Servicer or such Subservicer may be merged or consolidated, or (ii) which may be appointed as a successor to the Servicer or such Subservicer, the Servicer shall provide to the Issuer and the Transferor at least fifteen
(15) calendar days prior to the effective date of such succession or appointment, (x) written notice to the Issuer and the Transferor of such succession or appointment and (y) in writing and in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Issuer, all information reasonably requested by the Issuer in order to comply with Item 6.02 of Form 8-K with respect to any Series, Class or Tranche, of any Notes issued by the
Issuer. 
 Section 7.04. Report on Assessment of Compliance and Attestation. (a) On or before the 90th day following the
end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the end of fiscal [____], the Servicer shall: 
 (i) deliver to the
Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and each Note Rating Agency a report regarding the Servicer’s assessment of compliance with the servicing criteria during the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Issuer, as required under Rules
13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB. Such report shall be addressed to the Issuer and the Transferor and signed by an authorized officer
of the Servicer, and shall address each of the servicing criteria specified in Exhibit C or such criteria as mutually agreed upon by the Issuer and the Servicer; 

(ii) deliver to the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and each Note Rating Agency a report of a registered public
accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Issuer that attests to, and reports on, the assessment of compliance made by the Servicer and delivered pursuant to the preceding paragraph. Such attestation report shall be in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 of the Exchange Act and Item 1122 of Regulation AB; provided, however, that the assessment of compliance required by paragraph (i) of this
Section 7.04 and the attestation report required by this paragraph may 

  
 -24- 

Table of Contents

 
be replaced, with the consent of the Issuer, by any similar assessment of compliance or attestation report using standards which are now or in the future in use by servicers of comparable assets
or which otherwise comply with any rule, regulation, “no-action” letter or similar guidance promulgated by the Commission; 

(iii) cause each other Servicing Participant to deliver to the Issuer, the Transferor, and the Servicer an assessment of
compliance that addresses each of the applicable servicing criteria specified in a document substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto and a related accountants’ attestation as and when provided in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this
subsection; provided, however, that if such other Servicing Participant is not an Affiliate of the Servicer, such assessment of compliance and accountants’ attestation shall be delivered on or before the 60th day following the end
of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the end of fiscal year [____]; and 
 (iv) deliver, and cause each other
Servicing Participant to deliver, to the Issuer, the Transferor, and any other Person that will be responsible for signing the Sarbanes Certification on behalf of the Issuer or the Transferor with respect to a Securitization Transaction a
certification, signed by any Vice President or more senior officer of the Servicer or other Servicing Participant, as applicable, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B or such form as mutually agreed upon by the Issuer and
the Servicer; provided, however, that if any such other Servicing Participant is not an Affiliate of the Servicer, such certification shall be delivered on or before the 60th day following the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer,
beginning with the end of fiscal year [____]. 
 (b) The Servicer acknowledges that the parties identified in subsection 7.04(a)(iv)
may rely on the certifications provided by the Servicer and each other Servicing Participant pursuant to such subsection in signing a Sarbanes Certification and filing such with the Commission. 

Section 7.05. Use of Subservicers and Servicing Participants . (a) The Servicer shall use its best efforts to hire or otherwise
utilize only the services of Subservicers that agree to comply with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section. The Servicer shall use its best efforts to hire or otherwise utilize only the services of Servicing Participants, and shall use
its best efforts to ensure that Subservicers hire or otherwise utilize only the services of Servicing Participants, to fulfill any of the obligations of the Servicer as servicer under this Agreement, if those Servicing Participants agree to comply
with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this Section. 
 (b) Except as may otherwise be required pursuant to Section 4.07,
it shall not be necessary for the Servicer to seek the consent of the Issuer to the utilization of any Subservicer. The Servicer shall use its best efforts to cause any Subservicer used by the Servicer (or by any Subservicer) for the benefit of the
Issuer and the Transferor to comply with the provisions of this Section 7.05 and with Sections 7.02, 7.03, 7.04, and 7.06 of this Agreement to the same extent as if such Subservicer were the Servicer;
provided, however, that this sentence shall not apply to Section 7.06 for Subservicers that meet only the criteria in Section 1108(a)(2)(iv) of Regulation AB and do not meet the criteria in Section 1108(a)(2)(i)
through (iii) of Regulation AB. The Servicer shall be responsible for obtaining from each Subservicer and delivering to the Issuer and the Transferor any servicer compliance statement required to be delivered by such Subservicer

  
 -25- 

Table of Contents

 
under Section 7.06, any assessment of compliance and attestation required to be delivered by such Subservicer under Section 7.04 and any certification
required to be delivered to the Person that will be responsible for signing the Sarbanes Certification under Section 7.04, in each case, as and when required to be delivered as determined by the Issuer. 

(c) Except as may otherwise be required pursuant to Section 4.07, it shall not be necessary for the Servicer to seek the consent
of the Issuer to the utilization of any Servicing Participant. The Servicer shall promptly upon request provide to the Issuer and the Transferor a written description (in form and substance satisfactory to each of the Issuer and the Transferor) of
the role and function of each Servicing Participant utilized by the Servicer or any Subservicer, specifying (i) the identity of each such Servicing Participant and (ii) which elements of the servicing criteria will be addressed in
assessments of compliance provided by each Servicing Participant. As a condition to the utilization of any Servicing Participant, the Servicer shall use its best efforts to cause any such Servicing Participant used by the Servicer (or by any
Subservicer) for the benefit of the Issuer and the Transferor to comply with the provisions of Section 7.04 of this Agreement to the same extent as if such Servicing Participant were the Servicer. The Servicer shall be responsible for
obtaining from each Servicing Participant and delivering to the Issuer and the Transferor any assessment of compliance and attestation required to be delivered by such Servicing Participant under Section 7.04, in each case as and when required
to be delivered. 
 Section 7.06. Annual Servicer’s Certificate . The Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, the Transferor, the
Indenture Trustee, and each Note Rating Agency, on or before the ninetieth (90th) day following the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (beginning with the end of fiscal year [____]), the statement of compliance required under Item 1123 of
Regulation AB with respect to such fiscal year, which statement will be in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A. 

Section 7.07. Investor Communication. (a) In the event the Servicer receives a request from any Person to communicate with a Note
Owner, for so long as the Transferor files distribution reports on Form 10-D in respect of the Issuer with the Commission pursuant to Section 3.04 of the Transfer Agreement, the
Servicer shall promptly report such request to the Transferor and shall provide: the name of the Person making such request; the date the Servicer received such request; to the extent known, a description of the method Note Owners may use to contact
the Person making such request; and copies of any documentation the Servicer receives in connection with such request that serves to verify the identity of the Person making such request as a Note Owner. 

(b) For so long as the Servicer, on behalf of the Issuer, files distribution reports on Form 10-D with
the Commission pursuant to Section 2.05 of this Agreement, with respect to any Monthly Period in which the Servicer receives a request from any Note Owner to communicate with another Note Owner with regard to the possible
exercise of rights under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document, the Servicer shall include the following information in the related distribution report on Form 10-D: 

(i) the name of the Note Owner making such request; 

  
 26 

Table of Contents

 (ii) the date the Servicer received such request; 

(iii) a statement to the effect that the Servicer has received a request from such Note Owner stating that it is interested in communicating
with other Note Owners with regard to the possible exercise of rights under the Indenture or other Transaction Document; and 
 (iv) a
description of the method other Note Owners may use to contact the requesting Note Owner; 
 provided, however, that prior to disclosing the
information listed above on Form 10-D, the Servicer shall be entitled to verify the identity of such requesting Note Owner by requiring it to provide written certification that it is such a Note Owner and one
other form of documentation, such as a trade confirmation, an account statement, a letter from such Note Owner’s broker or dealer, or another similar document. 

  
 -27- 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE VIII 

ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW 

Section 8.01. Delinquency Trigger. (a) The Servicer shall provide prompt written notice to the Issuer, the Transferor, and
the Indenture Trustee of the occurrence of any Delinquency Trigger and, on a monthly basis thereafter, whether any such Delinquency Trigger is or is no longer continuing and, for so long as the Servicer, on behalf of the Issuer, files distribution
reports on Form 10-D with the Commission pursuant to Section 2.05, shall disclose the occurrence of any such Delinquency Trigger and its continuing status, in each case in the distribution report
on Form 10-D for the distribution period in which such Delinquency Trigger occurs and is or is no longer continuing, as applicable. 

(b) In the event the Delinquency Trigger is adjusted by the Transferor pursuant to subsections 6.01(b) and (c) of the
Transfer Agreement, for so long as the Servicer, on behalf of the Issuer, files distribution reports on Form 10-D with the Commission pursuant to Section 2.05, the Servicer shall disclose, to the
extent it has notice thereof, the adjusted Delinquency Trigger and how it was determined to be appropriate, in the distribution report on Form 10-D for the distribution period in which the adjustment occurs.

 Section 8.02. Investor Action to Initiate an Asset Representations Review. Upon the Servicer’s receipt of written notice
from the Indenture Trustee pursuant to subsection 14.06(b) of the Indenture that Noteholders have directed that an Asset Representations Review be undertaken, the Servicer shall promptly provide a written instruction to the Asset
Representations Reviewer to commence an Asset Representations Review in accordance with the terms set forth in the Asset Representations Review Agreement. 

  
 -28- 

Table of Contents

 ARTICLE IX 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

Section 9.01. Amendment. The Issuer and the Servicer may modify, alter or amend this Agreement at any time and from time to time,
provided that prior notice is given to each Note Rating Agency, and provided further that, prior to such modification, alteration or amendment, at least one of the following conditions is satisfied with respect to all Series, Classes and Tranches of
Notes Outstanding: 
 (a) the Issuer (i) receives an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer to the effect that the Servicer
reasonably believes that such modification, alteration or amendment will not have an Adverse Effect and (ii) satisfies the Rating Agency Condition with respect to such action; or 

(b) the Issuer receives consent of Noteholders evidencing more than 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all affected Series,
Classes or Tranches of Notes for which the conditions in subsection 9.01(a) have not been satisfied; provided that it shall not be necessary for the consent of Noteholders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall
be sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment; or 
 (c) if such modification, alteration or amendment is
to facilitate compliance with any change in law or regulation applicable to the Servicer, Transferor, Issuer, Indenture Trustee or the transactions described in this Agreement, the Issuer receives an Officer’s Certificate of the Servicer to the
effect that the Servicer reasonably believes that such modification, alteration or amendment is required to facilitate compliance with such change in law or regulation; 

promptly after the execution of any amendment (other than pursuant to subsection 9.01(a)), the Servicer shall furnish notification of the substance of
such amendment to the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, each Noteholder and each Note Rating Agency. 

Section 9.02. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY
CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES, AND/OR THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.  

(b) EACH PARTY HERETO, AND THE NOTEHOLDERS BY ACCEPTING THEIR INTEREST IN THE NOTES, HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE STATE OR FEDERAL
COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN THEM PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS AGREEMENT; PROVIDED, THAT EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT  

  
 -29- 

Table of Contents

 
ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY; PROVIDED FURTHER, THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT
SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE THE SERVICER FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE RECEIVABLES OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF THE SERVICER. EACH PARTY HERETO
SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON
CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT
AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 9.02 AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED
COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF SUCH PARTY’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE UNITED STATES MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 9.02 SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE
LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW. 
 (c) BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS
ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING
SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM, THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE NOTEHOLDERS BY ACCEPTING THEIR INTEREST IN THE NOTES WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR
PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 9.03. Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing
and will be considered effective when delivered (or in the case of facsimile or electronic transmission, when received) by hand, by courier, by overnight delivery service, or by certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or sent
by facsimile or electronic transmission: 
 (a) in the case of WFBNA, as the Servicer, to: 

  
 -30- 

Table of Contents

 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 

11625 N Community House Road, Floor 10, D1185-100 

Charlotte, NC 28202 
 Attn:
Controllers—Securities Administration & Operations 
 Phone Number: 980-260-6401 
 E-mail: WFCITServicer@wellsfargo.com 

(b) in the case of the Issuer, to: 

WF Card Issuance Trust 
 c/o
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as owner trustee 
 1100 North Market Street 

Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001 

Attn: Corporate Capital Markets 

Phone Number: 302-636-6000 

E-mail: jluce@wilmingtontrust.com 

(c) in the case of the Holder of the Transferor Interest, to: 

WF Card Funding, LLC 
 550 S.
Tryon Street, Floor 10, D1086-103 
 Charlotte, NC 28202 

Attn: Corporate Treasury—Global Funding 

Phone Number:
1-866-263-3059 
 E-mail: WFCardFunding@wellsfargo.com 
 (d) in the case of the Indenture Trustee, to: 

U.S. Bank National Association 

One Federal Street 
 3rd Floor 
 Boston, Massachusetts 02110 

Attn: WF Card Issuance Trust 

Telephone: 617-603-6888 

Email: kevin.blanchard@usbank.com 

(e) in the case of the Paying Agent, to: 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 

600 S 4th Street 
 MAC N9300-061 
 Minneapolis, MN 55415 

Attention: Corporate Trust Services—Asset Backed Administration 

Facsimile: 612-667-3464 

E-mail: Marianna.c.stershic@wellsfargo.com 

Any of these entities may designate a different address in a written notice to the others under this Section 9.03. 

  
 -31- 

Table of Contents

 Section 9.04. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants,
agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this
Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement. 
 Section 9.05.
Binding Effect; Assignability; Pledge. (a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as set forth in
Section 4.02 and 5.02, Servicer may not assign, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey any of its rights or obligations hereunder or interests herein without the express prior written consent of Issuer. Any such
purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance by the Servicer without the prior express written consent of Issuer shall be void. The Issuer may, at any time, assign or pledge any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
to any Person and any such pledgee or assignee may further pledge or assign at any time its rights and obligations under this Agreement, in each case, without the consent of Servicer. Each of the Issuer and the Servicer acknowledges and agrees that,
upon any such pledge or assignment, the pledgee or assignee thereof may enforce directly, all of the obligations of the Issuer or the Servicer hereunder, as applicable. 

(b) The Servicer hereby acknowledges that the Issuer has granted a security interest in the Transferred Assets and its rights under this
Agreement to the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, and hereby waives any defenses it may have against the Indenture Trustee for the enforcement of this Agreement. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that the Indenture Trustee shall have the
right to enforce this Agreement and the full performance by the parties hereto of their obligations and undertakings set forth herein. Each of the Servicer and the Issuer hereby agrees to deliver to the Indenture Trustee a copy of all notices,
opinions, agreements, certificates and documents to be delivered by it hereunder. 
 Section 9.06. Further Assurances. The
Servicer agrees to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement. 

Section 9.07. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Servicer or
the Issuer, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. 

Section 9.08. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate
counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and
each other document delivered in accordance with, or pursuant to the terms hereof, shall be effective as 

  
 -32- 

Table of Contents

 
delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other document. Any party hereto may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by facsimile or other
electronic transmission be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by facsimile or other electronic
transmission. 
 Section 9.09. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and each of the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Note Registrar under the Indenture is a third-party beneficiary. Except as otherwise
provided in this Article IX, no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder. 
 Section 9.10.
Rule 144A Information. For so long as any of the Notes of any Series, Class or Tranche are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Servicer agrees to
cooperate with the Issuer to provide to any Holders of such Series, Class or Tranche and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such a Noteholder upon the request of such Noteholder or prospective purchaser, any information
required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

Section 9.11. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire
understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein. 

Section 9.12. Headings. The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or
interpretation of any provision hereof. 
 Section 9.13. Nonpetition Covenant. (a) To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, the Servicer and the Holder of the Transferor Interest, by entering into this Agreement, each agrees that it will not at any time acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Issuer to invoke the process of any Governmental
Authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer under any Debtor Relief Law or appointing a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any
substantial part of its property or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer. 

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Servicer and the Issuer, by entering into this Agreement, each agrees that it will
not at any time acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause WF Card Funding, LLC to invoke the process of any Governmental Authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against WF Card Funding LLC under any Debtor Relief Law or
similar official of WF Card Funding, LLC or any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of WF Card Funding LLC. 

  
 -33- 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the
Servicer and the Issuer have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Servicer

		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

	
	 WF CARD ISSUANCE
TRUST,
as Issuer

	
	 By: WF Card Funding LLC, as Beneficiary of the Issuer, and not in its individual
capacity

		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

	
	 WF CARD FUNDING, LLC,
as Holder of the
Transferor Interest

		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

  
 [Signature Page to
Servicing Agreement] 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT A 

FORM OF ANNUAL SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

 
  

WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST 

 
  

The undersigned, a duly authorized officer of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION (“WFBNA”), as Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement dated as of [________ __, ____] (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified the “Servicing Agreement”) by
and between WFBNA, as Servicer, and WF CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as Issuer, does hereby certify that: 

1. WFBNA is Servicer under the Servicing Agreement. 

2. The undersigned is duly authorized as required pursuant to the Servicing Agreement to execute and deliver this Certificate.

 3. This Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 7.06 of the Servicing Agreement. 

4. A review of the activities of the Servicer during [the period from the Closing date until] [the twelve-month period ended] December 31, ____ and of its performance under the Servicing Agreement has been made under my supervision. 

5. To the best of my knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under the Servicing
Agreement in all material respects throughout such period [, except as described below:] 

  
 A-1 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly
executed this certificate this ___ day of __________, ____. 
  

			
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF ANNUAL CERTIFICATION 

 

	 	Re:	 The Servicing Agreement, dated as of [________ __, ____], amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, (the
“Agreement”), by and between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Servicer, and WF Card Issuance Trust, as Issuer. 

I, ________________________________, the ____________________ of [Wells Fargo Bank, National Association] (the “Company”),
certify to the Issuer, the Transferor [and any other Person that will be responsible for signing the Sarbanes Certification], and their respective officers, with the knowledge and intent that they will rely upon this certification, that: 

(1) I have reviewed the report on assessment of the Company’s compliance provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Item 1122 of Regulation AB (the “Servicing
Assessment”), and the registered public accounting firm’s attestation report provided in accordance with Rules 13a-18 and 15d-18 under the Exchange Act and
Section 1122(b) of Regulation AB (the “Attestation Report”) that were delivered by the Company to the Issuer and the Transferor pursuant to the Agreement (collectively, the “Company Information”); 

(2) To the best of my knowledge, the Company Information, taken as a whole, does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period of time covered by the Company Information; 

(3) To the best of my knowledge, all of the Company Information required to be provided by the Company under the Agreement has
been provided to the Issuer and the Transferor; and 
 (4) To the best of my knowledge, except as disclosed in the Servicing
Assessment or the Attestation Report, the Company has fulfilled its obligations under the Agreement. 
 Initially capitalized terms used but
not otherwise defined in this certification have the respective meanings assigned thereto in (or by reference in) the Agreement. 

  
 B-1 

Table of Contents

 
			
	Date:	 	 
		
	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 B-2 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT C 

SERVICING CRITERIA TO BE ADDRESSED IN
ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE 
 The assessment of compliance to be delivered by the Servicer
shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified below as “Applicable Servicing Criteria” or such criteria as mutually agreed upon by the Issuer and the Servicer: 

 

									
	Servicing Criteria	  	 Applicable
Servicing
Criteria
	  	 Inapplicable
Servicing
Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 Performed
Directly
by
Asserting
Party
	  	 Performed
by
Vendor(s)
for which
Asserting
Party
is the
Responsible
Party
	  	 
	 	  	General Servicing Considerations	  	 	  	 	  	 
					
	1122(d)(1)(i)	  	Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(1)(ii)	  	If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing activities.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(1)(iii)	  	Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the pool assets are maintained.	  		  		  	X
					
	1122(d)(1)(iv)	  	A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of
the transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(1)(v)	  	Aggregation of information, as applicable, is mathematically accurate and the information conveyed accurately reflects the information.	  	X	  		  	
					
		  	Cash Collection and Administration	  		  		  	
					
	1122(d)(2)(i)	  	Payments on pool assets are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days of receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction
agreements.	  	X	  	X	  	
					
	1122(d)(2)(ii)	  	Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.	  		  		  	X

  
 C-1 

Table of Contents

									
	Servicing Criteria	  	 Applicable
Servicing
Criteria
	  	 Inapplicable
Servicing
Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 Performed
Directly
by
Asserting
Party
	  	 Performed
by
Vendor(s)
for which
Asserting
Party
is the
Responsible
Party
	  	 
					
	1122(d)(2)(iii)	  	Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.	  		  		  	X
					
	1122(d)(2)(iv)	  	The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the
transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(2)(v)	  	Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements. For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a
foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of 240.13k-1(b)(1) of this chapter.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(2)(vi)	  	Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.	  		  		  	X
					
	1122(d)(2)(vii)	  	Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts. These reconciliations
(A) Are mathematically accurate; (B) Are prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements; (C) Are reviewed and approved by someone other than
the person who prepared the reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items. These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in the
transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	
					
		  	Investor Remittances and Reporting	  		  		  	
					
	1122(d)(3)(i)	  	Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the Commission, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable Commission requirements. Specifically, such reports (A) Are prepared in
accordance with timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) Provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) Are filed with the Commission as required by
its rules and regulations; and (D) Agree with investors’ or the	  	X	  		  	

  
 C-2 

Table of Contents

									
	Servicing Criteria	  	 Applicable
Servicing
Criteria
	  	 Inapplicable
Servicing
Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 Performed
Directly
by
Asserting
Party
	  	 Performed
by
Vendor(s)
for which
Asserting
Party
is the
Responsible
Party
	  	 
		  	trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of pool assets serviced by the servicer.	  		  		  	
					
	1122(d)(3)(ii)	  	Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(3)(iii)	  	Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  		  		  	X
					
	1122(d)(3)(iv)	  	Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.	  		  		  	X
					
		  	Pool Asset Administration	  		  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(i)	  	Collateral or security on pool assets is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related pool asset documents.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(ii)	  	Pool assets and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(iii)	  	Any additions, removals or substitutions to the asset pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(iv)	  	Payments on pool assets, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related credit card accounts documents are posted to the servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or such
other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related pool asset documents.	  	X	  	X	  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(v)	  	The servicer’s records regarding the pool assets agree with the servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(vi)	  	Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s pool assets (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in accordance with
the transaction agreements and related pool asset documents.	  	X	  		  	

  
 C-3 

Table of Contents

									
	Servicing Criteria	  	 Applicable
Servicing
Criteria
	  	 Inapplicable
Servicing
Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 Performed
Directly
by
Asserting
Party
	  	 Performed
by
Vendor(s)
for which
Asserting
Party
is the
Responsible
Party
	  	 
					
	1122(d)(4)(vii)	  	Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the timeframes or
other requirements established by the transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(viii)	  	Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a pool asset is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements. Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period
specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent pool assets including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed temporary (e.g.,
illness or unemployment).	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(ix)	  	Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for pool assets with variable rates are computed based on the related pool asset documents.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(x)	  	Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts): (A) Such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s pool asset documents, on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified in the
transaction agreements; (B) Interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable pool asset documents and state laws; and (C) Such funds are returned to the obligor within 30 calendar days of full
repayment of the related pool assets, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  		  		  	X
					
	1122(d)(4)(xi)	  	Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such support
has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  		  		  	X
					
	1122(d)(4)(xii)	  	Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or
omission.	  		  		  	X

  
 C-4 

Table of Contents

									
	Servicing Criteria	  	 Applicable
Servicing
Criteria
	  	 Inapplicable
Servicing
Criteria

	 Reference
	  	 Criteria
	  	 Performed
Directly
by
Asserting
Party
	  	 Performed
by
Vendor(s)
for which
Asserting
Party
is the
Responsible
Party
	  	 
	1122(d)(4)(xiii)	  	Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.	  		  		  	X
					
	1122(d)(4)(xiv)	  	Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	
					
	1122(d)(4)(xv)	  	Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.	  	X	  		  	

  
 C-5 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE 2.04(b) 

Reporting Requirements 
 Servicer shall:

  

	 	1.	 Prepare and deliver a monthly report on behalf of Issuer for each Series and each Tranche that is outstanding
in the manner described in the Indenture, Indenture Supplement or Terms Document, as applicable, for such Series or such Tranche, as the case may be. Servicer shall also provide the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Paying Agent and any other party
as required pursuant to the Indenture, the Indenture Supplement and the Terms Document, as applicable, with an electronic or written form of such report for each such Series and each such Tranche for delivery as set forth in the Indenture Supplement
for such Series or the Terms Document for such Tranche, as the case may be. 

  

	 	2.	 Prepare and deliver to Issuer any attestation report, agreed upon procedures letter or similar report regarding
Servicer’s compliance with its obligations under the Servicing Agreement and the servicing functions performed by Servicer with respect to the Transaction Documents in such form as is required to be delivered to any party by the Issuer in
accordance with any Indenture Supplement. 

  
 -1- 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE 2.09 

Requirements of FDIC Rule 
 As required by
the FDIC Rule: 
 (a) As used in this Schedule, references to (i) the “sponsor” shall mean WFBNA, (ii) the “issuing
entity” shall mean, collectively, the Transferor, Issuer and each other transferee of the Transferred Assets that is an “issuing entity” as defined in the FDIC Rule, (iii) the “servicer” shall mean Servicer and each
other “servicer” of the financial assets within the meaning of the FDIC Rule, (iv) “obligations” or “securitization obligations” shall mean the Notes, and (v) “financial assets” and “securitized financial
assets” shall mean the Transferred Assets. 
 (b) To the extent serving as servicer, custodian or paying agent for the securitization,
the sponsor shall not comingle amounts received with respect to the financial assets with its own assets except for the time, not to exceed two (2) business days, necessary to clear any payments received. 

(c) The monthly reports described in Schedule 2.04(b) shall include such information as shall be required for the issuing entity to
fulfill its obligations under clause (c) of Schedule I to the Indenture with respect to information required to be disclosed at the time of delivery of each periodic distribution report or any other information required to be provided to
investors after issuance of the obligations. 

  
 -1-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00327-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00327-of-00352.parquet"}]]